0% found this document useful (0 votes)
10 views222 pages

112

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1/ 222

SCHOOL OF COMMERCE AND MANAGEMENT

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

DEPARTMENT ACADEMIC COMMITTEE MEETING CIRCULAR

Date: 13-07-2020

There will be a Department Academic Committee Meeting on 17-07-2020 at 2 pm in the staff room.
All the staff members are requested to attend the meeting.

Agenda:

Curriculum

Feedback

Academic Calendar

Department Activities

Workload

Time table

Others

HOD
SCHOOL OF COMMERCE AND MANAGEMENT

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

MINUTES OF THE DEPARTMENT ACADEMIC COMMITTEE MEETING

Date: 17-07-2020

The Department Academic Committee Meeting was held on 17-07-2020 at 2 pm in the staff room.

HOD welcomed the committee members. Members analyzed the feedbacks from the stakeholders and
the follow up actions taken. The committee carefully reviewed the curriculum in detail and proposed no
changes in it. Staff members were asked to propose activities for the department like seminars, guest lectures,
extension activity, co-curricular activity and extra-curricular activity. HOD proposed to prepare the academic
calendar. Workload was discussed and courses were allotted to the staff members.

HOD

1
SCHOOL OF COMMERCE AND MANAGEMENT
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

BOARD OF STUDIES COMMITTEE MEETING CIRCULAR

Date: 023.07.2020

There will be a Board of Studies Meeting on 28.07.2020 at 10.00 am Video Conference


Media: ZOOM, PRIST University, Thanjavur. All the staff members are requested to attend the
meeting link https://teams.microsoft.com/l/meetup-
join/19%3ameeting_MzdiOTg1MDMtZDllOC00ZWJmLWEzYmMtOTg0Y2Q2YWEwNTAx%40thread.v2/0?c
ontext=%7b%22Tid%22%3a%22191b1214-bb5e-4b10-bedf-
623c63c527d5%22%2c%22Oid%22%3a%22cc313718-cadb-4b78-81eb-c8b587a770e5%22%7d

Agenda:

Curriculum
Feedback
Academic Calendar
Department Activities
Workload
Time table
Others

HOD
DR.T.J JAYASHOLAN
Signature
1. Dr.T.J Jayasholan / Prof & HOD
( Chairman , BOS)
2. Dr.U.Rajan/Dean(member,BOS)

3. Dr.K.G.SelvamProf(Member, BOS)

4. Dr.K.Rajalakshmi
5. Prof.K.Iyyappan

6. Dr.s.Venkatesh
7. Prof. Pougajandy
8. Dr.R.Prema
9. Prof.R.Rengarajan

2
10. Prof P. Umaeswari Assistant Prof
(Member, BOS)
11. Prof.V.C.Malarmannan Academic
Expert (External)
12. Mr. P.Mukesh Kumar, Industry Expert
(External)

3
SCHOOL OF COMMERCE AND MANAGEMENT
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Minutes of Board of Studies Meeting

The Board of Studies meeting for the department of Business Management is held on 28.07.2020 at
10.00 a.m. Video Conference Media: ZOOM, PRIST Deemed to be University, Thanjavur under the
chairmanship of Dr.K.G.selvan
.

The following members were present:


1. Dr.T.J.Jayasholan/ Prof & HOD ( Chairman , BOS)
2. Dr. U. Rajan /Dean (member, BOS)
3. Dr.K.G.Selvam Prof (Member, BOS)
4. Dr.K.Rajalakshmi Prof (Member, BOS)
5. Prof.K.Iyyappan Assistant Prof (Member, BOS)
6. Dr. S. Venkatesh Associate Prof (Member, BOS)
7. Prof.Pougajendy Assistant Prof (Member, BOS)
8. Dr.R.Prema Assistant Prof (Member, BOS)
9. Prof.R.Rengarajan Assistant Prof (Member, BOS)
10. Prof P. Umaeswari Assistant Prof (Member, BOS)
11. Prof.V.C.Malarmannan Academic Expert (External)
12. Mr. P.Mukesh Kumar, Industry Expert (External)

The Chairman (BOS) welcomed all the members and presented the feedbacks about existing curriculum
received from various Stack holders and also from the department academic advisory committee.

The members of the Board have unanimously discussed and carefully reviewed the existing syllabus
for (BBA, MBA and M.Phil) in detail and made the necessary changes in upcoming (BBA, MBA, and
M.Phil) as mentioned below.

REVIEW OF CURRICULUM & SYLLABUS IN BBA-REGULATION 2020

4
1. Resolved to introduce the following Audit Courses in the BBA. (Business Administration) programme
curriculum with effect from 2020-21
Semester I: Universal Human Values - 2 credits

Semester II : Communication Skills- 2 credits

Semester III: Office automation- 2 credits

Semester IV: Leadership and Management Skills- 2 credits

Semester V: Professional Skills- 2 credits

Further resolved to approve the syllabus copy for the above mentioned Audit Courses as given in Annexure-I
2. Resolved to introduce the following Audit Courses on Soft Skills in the BBA.(Business Administration )
programme curriculum with effect from 2020-21
Year I: Basic Behavioral Etiquette: 2 Credits

Year II : General Aptitude and Quantitative Ability: 2 Credits

Year III: Interview Skills Training and Mock Test: 2 Credits

Further resolved to approve the syllabus copy for the above mentioned Audit Courses on Soft Skills as given in
Annexure-II
3. Resolved to introduce Audit Course on “Community Engagement” with one credit in the 3 rd year of
BBA programme curriculum with effect from 2020-21
4. Resolved to drop the courses on Communicative English Laboratories, Skill Based Elective Courses and
Course on Extension Activities from the existing curriculum of BBA programme with effect from 2020-
21.
REVIEW OF CURRICULUM & SYLLABUS in MBA – MANAGEMENT STUDIES -
REGULATION 2020

1. Resolved to introduce the following Audit Courses on Soft Skills in MBA curriculum with effect from
2020-21

Year I: Technical, General Aptitude and Skill set Development – 2 Credits


Year II: Interview Skills Training and Mock Test: 2 Credits
Further resolved to approve the syllabus copy for the above mentioned Audit Courses on soft skills as given in
Annexure-III

2. Resolve to approve the syllabus for the newly introduced Post Graduate Programme introduce MBA
with specialization in Business Analytics in collaboration with IBM-ICE(with effect from 2020-21) as
given as Annexure –IV

5
REVIEW OF CURRICULUM & SYLLABUS in M.Phil.,MANAGEMENT -
REGULATION 2020

1. Resolved to introduce a course on “Research and Publication Ethics” with 2 credits in the
M.Phil.(Management) programme curriculum with effect from 2020-21. Further resolved to approve
the syllabus for the same as given in Annexure-III

Members of the Board updated the panel of examiners and submitted the same to the Academic Counsel for
its approval.

Annexure 1 - Revised Curriculum structure Credits


Annexure 2 - Revised Curriculum structure and Syllabus of UG
Annexure 3 - Revised Curriculum structure and Syllabus of MBA
Annexure 4 - Revised Curriculum structure and syllabus of M.Phil
Annexure 5 - List of Examiners

Note: Annexure 1,2,3,4 and 5 are Signed by the Chairman of BOS

The Meeting concluded with thanks from Board of Studies Chairman.


Signature of the Chairman & Members

1.

2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

11.

6
List of following Members

1. Dr.T.J.Jayasholan/ Prof & HOD ( Chairman , BOS)


2. Dr. U. Rajan /Dean (member, BOS)
3. Dr.K.G.Selvam Prof (Member, BOS)
4. Dr.K.Rajalakshmi Prof (Member, BOS)
5. Prof.K.Iyyappan Assistant Prof (Member, BOS)
6. Dr. S. Venkatesh Associate Prof (Member, BOS)
7. Prof.Pougajendy Assistant Prof (Member, BOS)
8. Dr.R.Prema Assistant Prof (Member, BOS)
9. Prof.R.Rengarajan Assistant Prof (Member, BOS)
10. Prof P. Umaeswari Assistant Prof (Member, BOS)
11. Prof.V.C.Malarmannan Academic Expert (External)
12. Mr. P.Mukesh Kumar, Industry Expert (External)

7
Annexure 1 - Revised Curriculum structure Credits

SCHOOL OF COMMERCE AND MANAGEMENT


BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Course Structure-2020
Course Code Course Title L T P C
SEMESTER I
20110AEC11/ Tami – I/Advanced English-I/Hindi-I/ French - I
20111AEC11/
4 0 0 2
20132AEC11/
20135AEC11
20111AEC12 English I 4 0 0 2
20160SEC13 Principles of Management 5 0 0 3
20160SEC14 Managerial Economics 5 0 0 3
20160AEC15 Business Communication 5 0 0 4
20160AEC16 Business Mathematics and Statistics 4 0 0 3
201ACLSICN Indian Constitution - - - 2
Total 27 0 0 19
AUDIT COURSE
201ACLSUHV Universal Human Values - - - 2
SEMESTER II
20110AEC21/
20131AEC21/ Tamil II / Hindi II/ Advanced English II 4 0 0 2
20111AEC21
20111AEC22 English II 4 0 0 2
20160SEC23 Financial Accounting 5 0 0 3
20160SEC24 Organizational Behavior 5 0 0 3
20160AEC25 Business Environment 5 0 0 4
20160AEC26 Management Information System 4 0 0 3
RESEARCH SKILL BASED COURSE
20160RLC27 Research Led Seminar 0 0 0 1
Total 27 0 0 18
AUDIT COURSES
201ACLSCOS Communication Skills 0 0 0 2
201ACSSBBE Basic Behavioral Etiquette 0 0 0 2
SEMESTER III
20110AEC31/
20131AEC31/ Tamil III / Hindi III/ Advanced English III 4 0 0 2
20111AEC31
20111AEC32 English III 4 0 0 2
20160SEC33 Management Accounting 4 0 0 3

8
20160SEC34 Marketing Management 4 0 0 3
20160AEC35 Business Law 5 0 0 4
20160AEC36 Human Resource Management 4 0 0 3
RESEARCH SKILL BASED COURSE
20160RMC37 Research Methodology 2 0 0 2
Total 27 0 0 20
AUDIT COURSES
201ACLSOAN Office automation 0 0 0 2
SEMESTER IV
20110AEC41/
20131AEC41/ Tamil IV / Hindi IV/ Advanced English IV 4 0 0 2
20111AEC41
20111AEC42 English IV 4 0 0 2
20160SEC43 Total Quality Management 5 0 0 3
20160SEC44 Cost Accounting 4 0 0 3
20160AEC45 Retail Management 4 0 0 4
20160AEC46 Industrial Relations and Labour Law 4 0 0 3
201ENSTU45 Environmental Studies 2 0 0 2
Total 27 0 0 20
AUDIT COURSE
201ACLSLMS Leadership and Management Skills 0 0 0 2
201ACSSAQA General Aptitude and Quantitative Ability 0 0 0 2
SEMESTER V
20160SEC51 Financial Management 6 0 0 5
20160SEC52 Services Marketing 5 0 0 3
20160SEC53 Production and Operations Management 5 0 0 3
20160SEC54 Global Business Management 6 0 0 4
20160DSC54 Discipline Specific Elective – I 5 0 0 3
RESEARCH S KILL BASED COURSE
20160BRC55 Participation Bounded Research 0 0 0 1
Total 27 0 0 20
AUDIT COURSE
201ACLSPSL Professional Skills 0 0 0 2
SEMESTER VI
20160SEC61 Business Policy and Strategic Management 5 0 0 4
20160SEC62 Entrepreneurial Development 6 0 0 5
20160SEC63 Logistics and Supply Chain Management 5 0 0 4
20160DSC64 Discipline Specific Elective – II 5 0 0 3
201_ _OEC(2
Digit Course Open Elective 4 0 0 2
Name )
20160PRW66 Project Work 0 0 0 4
20160PEE Programme Exit Exam 0 0 0 2
Total 25 0 0 24
AUDIT COURSE
201ACSSIST Interview Skills Training and Mock Test 0 0 0 2
201ACLSCET Community Engagement 0 0 0 1
Total Credits -Programme 116
Total Credits - Audit Courses 20

9
Discipline Specific Elective Courses
Semester Elective No Course Code Course Title
20160DSC54A Advertising and salesmanship
V I
20160DSC54B Investment Management
20160DSC64A Customer Relationship Management
VI II
20160DSC64B Financial Services

Open Elective Courses


Semester Course Code Course Title Department
20111OEC Journalism English
20114OEC Food and Adulteration Chemistry
VI 20116OEC Wild life conservation Microbiology
20120OEC E-Learning Computer science
20161OEC Banking Services Commerce
Audit Courses&Audit Courses on Soft Skills
Semester Elective No Course Code Course Title
I 201ACLSICN Indian Constitution
I
II 201ACLSUHV Universal Human Values
I 201ACLSCOS Communication Skills
II
II 201ACSSBBE Basic Behavioral Etiquette
III I 201ACLSOAN Office automation
I 201ACLSLMS Leadership and Management Skills
IV
II 201ACSSAQA General Aptitude and Quantitative Ability
V I 201ACLSPSL Professional Skills
I 201ACSSIST Interview Skills Training and Mock Test
VI
II 201ACLSCET Community Engagement

10
SCHOOL OF COMMERCE AND MANAGEMENT
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
CURRICULUM (2020 ONWARDS)
PRIST SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - PG MBA - REGULATION 2020
Sem Paper
Subject Code Subject Title L T P C
no No
I 1 20260SEC11 Management Concepts 5 0 0 3
I 2 20260SEC12 Organizational Behaviour 5 0 0 3
I 3 20260SEC13 Accounting for Managers 5 0 0 4
I 4 20260SEC14 Economics for Managers 5 0 0 3
I 5 20260SEC15 Legal Aspects of Business 5 0 0 3
I 6 20260SEC16 Statistics for Managers 5 0 0 4
I 7 20220SEC01 Managerial Skill Development - Lab 0 0 1 1
I 8 20260RLC18 Research Led Seminar 0 0 0 1
Total 30 0 1 22
II 1 20260SEC21 Financial Management 5 0 0 4
II 2 20260SEC22 Human Resources Management 5 0 0 3
II 3 20260SEC23 Marketing Management 5 0 0 3
II 4 20260SEC24 Production & Operations Management 5 0 0 3
II 5 20260RMC25 Research Methodology 5 0 0 3
II 6 20260SEC26 Strategic Management 5 0 0 3
II 7 Technical, General Aptitude and Skill set Development 0 0 2 2
II 8 20260BRC28 Participation in Bounded Research 0 0 0 2
Total 30 0 1 23
III 1 20260SEC31 International Business Environment 6 0 0 3
III 2 20260SEC32 Operations Research 6 0 0 4
III 3 20260SRC33 Design/Socio-Technical Project 0 0 0 2
III 4 20260E-3- Elective 1 4 0 0 3
III 5 20260E-3- Elective 2 4 0 0 3
III 6 20260E-3- Elective 3 4 0 0 3
III 7 20260E-3- Elective 4 4 0 0 3
III 8 20260E-3- Elective 5 4 0 0 3
Total 30 0 0 24
IV 1 20260SEC41 Entrepreneurial Development 5 0 0 4
IV 2 20260E-4- Elective 6 5 0 0 3
IV 3 20260E-4- Elective 7 5 0 0 3
IV 4 20260PRW44 Project Work 0 0 0 10
IV 5 Interview Skills Training and Mock Test 0 0 0 2
IV 6 20260PEE Programme Exit Exam 0 0 0 2
Total 15 0 0 24
Total Credits

11
93

III Sem (Marketing)


Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EA33 Consumer Behavior 3
III 2 20260EA34 Integrated Marketing Communication 3
III 3 20260EA35 Brand Management 3
III 4 20260EA36 Retail Management 3
III 5 20260EA37 Sales Management 3
III 6 20260EA38 Services Marketing 3
III 7 20260EA39 Industrial Marketing 3
III Sem (Human Resource)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EB33 Knowledge Management 3
Organizational Development & Change
III 2 20260EB34 3
management
III 3 20260EB35 Performance Management 3
III 4 20260EB36 Labour Legislations 3
III 5 20260EB37 Compensation Reward Management 3
III 6 20260EB38 Cross Culture Management 3
III 7 20260EB39 Conflict and Negotiation Management 3
III Sem (Finance)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
Security Analysis and Portfolio
III 1 20260EC33 3
Management
III 2 20260EC34 Derivatives Management 3
III 3 20260EC35 Project Finance 3
III 4 20260EC36 Financial Services and Institutions 3
III 5 20260EC37 International Finance 3
III 6 20260EC38 Insurance and Risk Management 3
III 7 20260EC39 Corporate Finance 3
III Sem (Logistics and Supply chain)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EE33 Purchasing and Procurement Management 3
III 2 20260EE34 Material Management 3
III 3 20260EE35 Inventory Management 3
III 4 20260EE36 Supply Chain Management 3
III 5 20260EE37 Logistics Management 3
III 6 20260EE38 Custom House Practice And Legalities 3
III 7 20260EE39 Export Trade And Documentation 3
III Sem (Hospital Management)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EH33 Management Of Hospital Services 3
III 2 20260EH34 Operations Management In Health Care 3
Marketing Management Of Hospital And
III 3 20260EH35 3
Health Care Services
Community Health and Management of
III 4 20260EH36 3
National Health Programmes
Management of Clinical and Super Specialty 3
III 5 20260EH37
Services in Hospitals 3
III 6 20260EH38 Patient Care Management 3
III 7 20260EH39 Health Related Laws and Ethics 3
III Sem (Productions and Operations)

12
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260ED33 Project Management 3
III 2 20260ED34 Planning and control of operations 3
III 3 20260ED35 Technology Management 3
III 4 20260ED36 Logistics Management 3
III 5 20260ED37 Supply Chain Management 3
III 6 20260ED38 Business Process Reengineering 3
III 7 20260ED39 Material Management 3
III Sem (International Business)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EF33 International Marketing 3
III 2 20260EF34 International Human Resource Management 3
III 3 20260EF35 Cross Cultural Management 3
Global Logistics and Supply Chain
III 4 20260EF36 3
Management
International Trade Procedures and
III 5 20260EF37 3
Documentation
III 6 20260EF38 International Strategic Management 3
Global Business Ethics and Corporate
III 7 20260EF39 3
Governance
III Sem (Systems)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EG33 Software Engineering 3
III 2 20260EG34 Software Project Management 3
III 3 20260EG35 Relational Database Management Systems 3
III 4 20260EG36 E- Business Technology Management 3
III 5 20260EG37 Data Warehousing & Data Mining 3
III 6 20260EG38 Knowledge Management 3
III 7 20260EG39 Enterprise Resource Planning 3
III Sem (Tourism)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EI33 Tourism Principles, Policies and Practices 3
III 2 20260EI34 Tourism Products of India 3
III 3 20260EI35 Destination Planning and development 3
III 4 20260EI36 Travel agency and Tour operations 3
III 5 20260EI37 Hospitality Management 3
III 6 20260EI38 Indian culture and Heritage 3
III 7 20260EI39 Tourism Marketing 3
III Sem (Agribusiness)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EJ33 Agribusiness Environment and Policy 3
III 2 20260EJ34 Agricultural Marketing Management 3
III 3 20260EJ35 Farm Business Management 3
III 4 20260EJ36 Management of Agribusiness Cooperatives 3
III 5 20260EJ37 Food Retail Management 3
Management of Agricultural Input
III 6 20260EJ38 3
Marketing
III 7 20260EJ39 Agri Supply Chain Management 3
IV Sem (Marketing)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
IV 1 20260EA42 Customer Relationship Management 3
IV 2 20260EA43 International Marketing 3
IV 3 20260EA44 Rural Marketing 3
IV Sem (Human Resource)

13
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
IV 1 20260EB42 Industrial Relation 3
IV 2 20260EB43 Training & Development 3
IV 3 20260EB44 Talent Management 3
IV Sem(Finance)
Subject
Sem Paper no Sub title Credit
code
IV 1 20260EC42 Micro Finance 3
IV 2 20260EC43 Strategic Financial Management 3
IV 3 20260EC44 Merchant Banking and Financial Services 3
IV Sem (Logistics and Supply chain)
Subject
Sem Paper no Sub title Credit
code
IV 1 20260EE42 Quality Management 3
IV 2 20260EE43 Air Cargo Logistics Management 3
IV 3 20260EE44 Shipping And Ocean Freight Logistics Management 3
IV Sem (Hospital Management)
Subject
Sem Paper no Sub title Credit
code
IV 1 20260EH42 Medical Tourism 3
Hospital Architecture, Planning, Design and
IV 2 20260EH43 3
Maintenance
IV 3 20260EH43 Hospital Waste Management 3
IV Sem (Productions and Operations)
Subject
Sem Paper no Sub title Credit
code
IV 1 20260ED42 Maintenance Management 3
IV 2 20260ED43 Service and Operation Management 3
IV 3 20260ED44 Product Design 3
IV Sem (International Business)
Subject
Sem Paper no Sub title Credit
code
Management Of International Developmental
IV 1 20260EF42 3
Organizations
IV 2 20260EF43 Merger and Acquisitions 3
IV 3 20260EF44 International Financial Management 3
IV Sem (Systems)
Subject
Sem Paper no Sub title Credit
code
IV 1 20260EG42 Information Storage & Management 3
IV 2 20260EG43 Cloud Computing 3
IV 3 20260EG44 Decision Support System And Intelligent Systems 3
IV Sem (Tourism)
Subject
Sem Paper no Sub title Credit
code
IV 1 20260EI42 Ecotourism 3
IV 2 20260EI43 Event Management 3
IV 3 20260EI44 E- Tourism 3
IV Sem (Agribusiness)
Subject
Sem Paper no Sub title Credit
code
IV 1 20260EJ42 Agriculture Economics 3
IV 2 20260EJ43 Agricultural and Micro-Finance 3
IV 3 20260EJ44 New Trends and Development in Agri-Sector 3

14
SCHOOL OF COMMERCE AND MANAGEMENT

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANGEMENT

BBA CURRICULUM

FULL TIME
[Regulation 2020]

[Candidates admitted from the academic year 2020-2021 onwards]

15
SCHOOL OF COMMERCE AND MANAGEMENT
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

BBA. Curriculum-Regulation 2020


BBA- 20UGBBAGE
BBA PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES – PEO
PEO 1 - Graduates will be expertise in the area of leadership, interpersonal skills, entrepreneurship, and
marketing.
PEO 2 -Graduate will competent the global competitive world more professionally.
PEO 3 -Graduate be a responsible citizen and lead the business with moral and ethical value.

BBA PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOME-PSO

PSO 1 -An Understanding of Business Functions


PSO 2 -Providing Global Perspectives
PSO 3 -Developing Critical and Analytical Thinking Abilities
PSO 4 -Interpersonal Skill Development
PSO 5 -Creating Social Sensitivity and Understanding CSR, Ethical and Sustainable Business Practices
PSO 6 -Demonstrate sensitivity to social, ethical and sustainability issues
PSO 7 -Developing Entrepreneurship Acumen
PSO 8 -Demonstrate the ability to develop models / frameworks to reflect critically on specific business contexts
PSO 9Demonstrate Effectively Oral and Written Communication

BBA PROGRAMME OUTCOME-PO

PO 1-Acquiring Conceptual Clarity of Various Functional Areas


PO 2- Ability to analyze various functional issues affecting the organization
PO 3- Demonstrating ability to evolve strategies for organizational benefits
PO 4-Analysis and interpretation of the data which is used in Decision Making
PO 5-Demonstrate Ability to work in Groups
PO 6 -Demonstrate understanding of social cues and contexts in social interaction
PO 7-Develop Ethical Practices and Imbibe Values for Better Corporate Governance.
PO 8-Understand ethical challenges and choices in a business setting
PO 9 -Demonstrate understanding of sustainability related concerns in varied areas
PO 10 -Analyze Global Environment and its Impact on Business
PO 11-Understand the ecosystem of start up in the country

16
PO 12 -Demonstrate the ability to create business plans

BBA COURSES OUTCOME – CO

Sl.
No. Semester Course Title Course Outcomes
1.1 Tamil I
1.2 English I Read and comprehend literature
1.3 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of
management in order to aid in understanding how an
Principles of Management organization functions, and in understanding the
complexity and wide variety of issues managers face in
today’s business firms.
1.4 To educate the students to understand the fundamentals of
economics. To understand the application of economics in
Managerial Economics
business decisions. To familiarize the Students with
economic tools for business analysis.
1.5 Students will be able to communicate their ideas through
different modes and mediums. They will be able to make
memorable presentations professionally. Students will
Business Communication understand different strategies to adopt while
communicating with different personalities with different
goals. Students will be able to handle job opportunities
successfully
1.6 To understand the various issues involved in the collection,
I analysis and arriving at conclusive decisions regarding
Business Mathematics and quantitative data. To understand and appreciate the
Statistics practical relevance of various basic statistical tools in the
field of finance, marketing, human resources,
manufacturing and so on
1.7 Fundamentals of Describe the usage of computers and why computers are
Computers essential components in business and society. Utilize the
Internet Web resources and evaluate on-line e-business
system. Solve common business problems using
appropriate Information Technology applications and
systems.
1.8 Communicative English
Understand grammar. Develop Listening Skill
Lab – I
1.9 Understand the ideas of values, ethics, and morality in a
multicultural context. Understand how universal values
can be uncovered by different means, including scientific
Ethics and Values investigation, historical research, or public debate and
deliberation (what some philosophers call a dialectic
method).Understand and discuss the idea of moral
relativism and the challenges it poses to universal values
2.1 Tamil II
2.2 English II Read and comprehend literature
2.3 Show proficiency in basic accounting concepts,
conventions and understanding of the accounting process.
Financial Accounting Understand the process and preparation of financial
II
statements for Sole Proprietorship and Company and
Departmental Business Organizations
2.4 Through this course student will be able to explore various
Organizational Behaviour dimensions of Human Resource Management and will find
new career opportunities in the same It will provide hands

17
on experience to work on industry assignments and gain
practical knowledge Case Study discussions will provide
simulations to think as an HR strategist and design an
appropriate solution
2.5 To understand the different environment in
the business climate. To know the minor and major factors
affecting the business in various streams.To know the
Business Environment
different environment like, political, technological
and economic environment in the business. To acquire in-
depth knowledge about legal environment
2.6 To describe the role of information technology and
decision support systems in business and record the current
Management Information issues with those of the firm to solve business problems.
System To provide the theoretical models used in
database management systems to answer business
questions.
2.7 Exposure to various research domains. Acquaintance with
Research Led Seminar
languages of research. Development of research aptitude
2.8 Ms office Packages Lab By learning the course, the students will be able to perform
documentation, to perform accounting operations and to
perform presentation skills
2.9 Communicative English
Understand grammar. Develop Reading Skill
Lab – II
3.1 Tamil III
3.2 English III Read and comprehend literature
3.3 To help students understand the nature and scope of
management accounting. Gain knowledge in the
Management Accounting preparation of financial statement analysis, fund flow and
Cash flow analysis. Utilize the management tools and
techniques to take appropriate financial decisions.
3.4 To expose students to marketing concepts and trends in the
market. To promote the ability to relate consumer behavior
Marketing Management and market trends. To make students realize the
relationship between marketing channels and
corresponding strategies
3.5 To enlighten the students on the basic principles and
legal aspects of business laws. To promote the
Business Law understanding of various legislations relating to
III business. To make them acquire knowledge on the
legal aspects in the business environment.
3.6 To provide knowledge about management issues related to
Human Resource staffing, training, performance, compensation, human
Management factors consideration and compliance with human resource
requirements.
3.7 Understanding research questions and tools. Experience in
Research Methodology scientific writings. Practice in various aspects of scientific
publications. Inculcation of research ethics
3.8 Writing and Presentation To participate in an online learning environment
Skills Lab successfully by developing the implication-based
understanding of Paraphrasing, deciphering instructions,
interpreting guidelines, discussion boards & Referencing
Styles. To demonstrate his/her ability to write error free
while making an optimum use of correct Business
Vocabulary & Grammar.
3.9 Communicative English – Understand grammar. Develop Speaking and Writing Skill

18
III
4.1 Tamil IV
4.2 English IV Read and comprehend literature
4.3 To learn the quality philosophies and tools in the
Total Quality Management
managerial perspective.
4.4 To enable students to conceptualize various methods and
Cost Accounting
techniques of cost accounting and its application
4.5 To gain in-depth knowledge about Retail management
Retail Management
practices in Retail Industry.
4.6 Industrial Relations and To enable students to conceptualize various laws regarding
Labour Law human relations and wellbeing for the society
4.7 General Aptitude and Make use of techniques for self-awareness and self-
Personality Development development. Apply the conceptual understanding of
IV Lab communication into everyday practice. Understand the
importance of teamwork and group discussions skills.
Develop time management and stress management. Apply
business etiquette skills effectively
4.8 Communicative English – Understand grammar. Develop Language and Presentation
IV Skill
4.9 Acquire skills to understand environment and its various
components, related issues and problems. Participate and
actively involve at all levels in working towards the
Environmental Studies benefits of environment. Gain a variety of experiences and
acquire knowledge to save the environment for future
generations. Acquire an awareness of the environment as a
whole and its allied problems and sensitivity.
5.1 The purpose of the course is to offer the students relevant,
systematic, efficient and actual knowledge of financial
Financial Management management that can be applied in practice with
making financial decisions and
resolving financial problems.
5.2 To enable students know the various concepts of services
marketing. To understand the strategies for managing and
Services Marketing marketing of services and devise strategies for marketing
services in the liberalized business environment.
5.3 To enable students understand the nature and importance
of production management comprehend the principles and
Production and Operations
areas of application of shop floor management and know
Management
the operations and skills needed for major decisions in
material management
5.4 V Understand the fundamental concepts of international
Global Business trade. Comprehend basic principles of the MNCs
Management Acquire broad knowledge on Global Liberalization
and WTO Agreements.
5.5 Advertising and To improve the knowledge and competency of advertising
salesmanship and to have the knowledge of salesmanship
5.6 To enable the students to acquire knowledge of
Investment management. On successful completion of
Investment Management
this course, the students should have understood
Investment avenues Security analysis
5.7 Hands on exposure to problem solving tools in
Participation Bounded contemporary research. Evolution of research intuitiveness
Research and orientation. Familiarity with cutting edge research
trends
5.8 Photoshop Lab the student will possess image editing skills using the

19
features of Photoshop imaging-editing software:
5.9 Communicative English
Develop Communicative Skills to get a job
Lab- V
6.1 To provide students with the fundamentals of strategic
Business Policy and management in a comprehensive fashion and relate its
Strategic Management concepts and techniques to the Indian as well as
International Context.
6.2 The students will be able to design successful Business
Entrepreneurial
Plan in order to set up a venture in future. The students
Development
will become more capable in self-employment.
6.3 To explain basic theory and techniques of Logistics and
Logistics and Supply Chain
Supply Chain and to examine the issues and problems
Management
faced in a changing and competitive Business Environment
6.4 Have an in depth understanding of CRM & its
Contribution to Business growth Design appropriate CRM
Customer Relationship
programs relevant to varied business sector To equip the
Management
students with the unique perspective of rural marketing
which is endemic to Rural India.
6.5 To emphasize on application of theoretical knowledge and
help managers in decision making. To familiarize the
Financial Services students with managerial financial decisions which are
taking place in organizations. To appreciate the importance
of financial information for decision making process.
6.6 Each student group shall undergo for industrial training of
VI
twelve weeks duration after the end of Sixth semester in an
Project Work
approved business/industrial/service organization Training
Report to the head of the Institution
6.7 Case Study Analysis The course must be taught using case study method, where
the real world situation are given to the students for
brainstorming purpose and to get the solutions
6.8 Communicative English
Develop Communicative Skills. To be a good team worker
Lab – VI
6.9 Identify and apply art and design elements, principles, and
terminology in the creation and improvement of work.
Demonstrate effective use of media and techniques while
Extension Activity
creating works of art and/or design.
Express them aesthetically and/or creatively while making
works of art and /or design.
6.10 An exit examination tests students at the end of their
program of study for attainment of the program's intended
learning outcomes. They cover one or more program-level
Programme Exit
outcomes, not course-level outcomes. A set of questions is
Examination
normally identified covering the fundamentals and
highlighting key concepts in engineering in the past year
course.

20
SCHOOL OF COMMERCE AND BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT

MBA- 20PGBBAGE

MBA PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES –PEO


PEO 1-To create corporate leaders by developing individual leadership and personal capabilities and to
teach how to manage, lead and transform organization in a unique way.
PEO 2-To demonstrate perpetual base for multi-disciplinary principles in management for achieving
organization goals.
PEO 3-To develop student problem solving and decision abilities to enhance managerial effectiveness
PEO 4-To enrich the ability to think statically and lead, motivate and manage teams effectively in variety
of organization in different situations.
PEO 5-To adopt modern information system and technology for making effective management decisions

MBA PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOME-PSO

PSO 1-The program provides recent graduates with the opportunity to acquire contemporary business
knowledge and skills that enable them to take up management positioning with private, public and nonprofit
organizations.
PSO 2-The program facilitates the graduates to acquire the capabilities required to become a leader who is
transformational, global and socially responsible.
PSO 3-The program enables the graduates to become lifelong learners skills and competencies necessary to
adopt and manage global business challenges.
PSO 4-To program promises entrepreneurial ability than to seek employment
PSO 5-The program gives flexibility to the students to be equipped with cross functional management skills
and expand his professional wingsPSO 6-Graduates are able to use business design thinking to provide
innovative solutions to contemporary business problems
PSO 7-The program provides avenues to the graduates to acquire research attitude and pragmatic approach to
analyze business situation

MBA PROGRAMME OUTCOME-PO

PO 1 -To inculcate a spirit of entrepreneurship with an objective of personal and societal wellbeing
PO 2 -To develop research based thinking and use of quantitative and statistical tools for business decision
making

21
PO 3 -An ability to apply conceptual foundations to solve practical decision-making problems.
PO 4 -To develop a systematic understanding of changes in business environment.
PO 5 -An ability to identify and address ethical issues and apply them in organizational settings.
PO 6 -An understanding of professional integrity.
PO 7 -An ability to communicate effectively.
PO 8 - An ability to use information and knowledge effectively.
PO 9 -An ability to use practical managerial analysis skills.
PO 10 -A successful career and immediate placement.

COURSE OUTCOMES
Sl.
No. Semester Course Title Course Outcomes
1.1 Gives exposure to the practice of management in
contemporary organizations from a conceptual, analytical
Management Concepts perspective. Create ability to analyze and understand
management as well as exploring and developing their own
personal philosophy of management.
1.2 Students will have a better understanding of human
Organizational Behaviour behavior in organization. They will know the framework
for managing individual and group performance.
1.3 Student would be able to know the accounting systems
carried out in an organization and its utilization for the
betterment of an organization through analysis of financial
Accounting for Managers
statements and cash flow analysis. Student would benefit
by being able to study, understand and analyse financial
statements.
1.4 The student must have micro and macro-economic
Economics for Managers perspective to understand the under pinning of
I
management.
1.5 Legal insight will be established in the business practices
Legal Aspects of Business
according to the situation of changing environment.
1.6 Students will achieve statistical literacy and will be able to
Statistics for Managers find ways to move beyond the-what of statistics to the how
and why of statistics.
1.7 Learners are able to speak confidently and effortlessly in
different contexts – informal and formal. They can be think
on feet’ even in difficult circumstances. To get into the
Managerial Skill
habit of express themselves in different genres of writing
Development - Lab
from creative to critical to factual writing. The student will
be able to manage communication in the organization and
develop interpersonal relationships.
1.8 Research Led Seminar a. Exposure to various research domains
b. Acquaintance with languages of research
c. Development of research aptitude
2.1 Learners can recall and understand Indian financial
systems. Evaluate the investments projects and companies.
Prepare capital budget and appropriations. Decide upon the
Financial Management
capital structure and working capital budgeting decisions.
Take decision on higher dividend payout or lower dividend
II payout.
2.2 Understanding of importance of Human Resource
Management Understanding of concepts and practices of
Human Resource
Human Resource Management Designing strategies in
Management
Human Resource Management Ability to take up activities
in Human Resource Management. Basic knowledge about

22
prevailing legislations related to labour
2.3 knowledge of analytical skills in solving marketing related
Marketing Management
problems, awareness of marketing management process
2.4 The students would have learned about various concepts
related to the production and operations management. Also
Production & Operations
understood the decision role and responsibilities of
Management
operations function vis-à-vis other functions in an
organization.
2.5 Research Methodology a. Understanding research questions and tools
b. Experience in scientific writings
c. Practice in various aspects of scientific publications
d. Inculcation of research ethics
2.6 Create knowledge and understanding of management
policies and strategies within a changing context to meet
stakeholder interests information systems to learn from
Strategic Management
failure key tools and techniques for the analysis and design
of information systems, including their human and
organisational as well as technical aspects.
2.7 The learning outcome is that the students should be able to:
Analyse the data to draw inference for decision making.
Data Analysis Lab Understand application of statistical measures of central
tendency. Understand application of ANOVA. Analyse
trends. Test hypotheses.
2.8 Participation in Bounded Hands on exposure to problem solving tools in
Research contemporary research
Evolution of research intuitiveness and orientation
Familiarity with cutting edge research trends
3.1 Students would be familiar with global business
environment, global strategic management practices and
International Business
get acquainted with functional domain practices. They
Environment
would be familiar with conflicts situations and ethical
issues in global business.
3.2 To facilitate quantitative solutions in business decision
making under conditions of certainty, risk and uncertainty.
III Operations Research
Develop mathematical models using various techniques for
successful project implementation.
3.3 a. Sensitization of social needs for innovation
b. Team work towards interdisciplinary synchronous
Design/Socio-Technical
research strategy
Project
c. Development of critical thinking and synergistic research
approach.
4.1 Students will gain knowledge and skills needed to run a
Entrepreneurial
business. Gives required competencies to run the successful
Development
enterprise. Prepared to become an entrepreneur.
4.2 Project Work Each student shall undergo for industrial training of twelve
weeks duration after the end of fourth semester in an
approved business/industrial/service organization Training
Report to the head of the Institution
IV
4.3 An exit examination tests students at the end of their
program of study for attainment of the program's intended
learning outcomes. They cover one or more program-level
Programme Exit Exam outcomes, not course-level outcomes. A set of questions is
normally identified covering the fundamentals and
highlighting key concepts in engineering in the past year
course.
ELECTIVE COURSES

23
MARKETING
1 Consumer Behaviour To develop an understanding about the consumer decision
making process and its applications in marketing function
of firms.
2 Integrated Marketing To provide an exposure to the area of Marketing in the
Communication International perspective.
3 Brand Management To introduce students to the basic scope, benefits and types
of brands; and understand the steps involved in designing
an appropriate brand for the organization.
4 Retail Management To introduce students to the basic scope, benefits and types
of retailers; and understand the steps involved in designing
an appropriate retail organization structure.
5 III Sales Management The concepts which are helpful in developing a sound sales
policy and in organizing and managing sales force and
marketing channels and to impart the knowledge about
sales management procedure, and activities.
6 Services Marketing Understanding of services and service marketing with
emphasis on various aspects of service marketing which
make it different from goods marketing.
7 Industrial Marketing The course covers the key aspects of Industrial Markets
and its impact on overall growth of the organization and to
develop skills to formulate implementable marketing
strategies. The course exposes the students to a variety of
product-market situations.
8 Customer Relationship To impart the skill based knowledge of Customer
Management Relationship Management.
9 International Marketing To acquaint the students with environment, procedural,
institutional and decisional aspects of International
IV Marketing
10 Rural Marketing To understand consumer's and marketing characteristics of
the same for understanding and contributing to the
emerging challenges in the upcoming global economic
scenario.
HUMAN RESOURCE
1 Knowledge Management Students will learn to determine the infrastructure
requirements to manage the intellectual capital in
organizations.
2 Organizational
To prepare students as organizational change facilitators
Development & Change
using the knowledge and techniques of behavioral science
management
3 Performance Management The students gain understanding of the functions of
performance management system in the organization and
provide them tools and techniques to be used in appraising
the performance of the employees.
4 Labour Legislations To help the student to get exposure on Industrial Law.
III
Understand the relations ship between the employee,
employer, union and government and to have awareness of
various industrial laws relating to employees
5 Compensation and Reward To understand of issues related to the compensation and
Management rewarding human resources in the organizations and to
impart skills in designing analyzing and restructuring
reward management systems, policies and strategies.
6 Cross Cultural To develop a diagnostic and conceptual understanding of
Management the cultural and related behavioral variables in the
management of global organizations.
7 Conflict and Negotiation Students will be in a position to answer the role that can be

24
Management played by conflict resolution techniques such as mediation.
8 Industrial Relations To get exposure on Industrial Relations. Understand the
relations ship between the employee, employer, union and
government
9 Training & Development To orient the students to tailor themselves to meet the
specific needs of the organizations in training and
IV
development activities.
10 Talent Management Understand the how to acquire talent employees and how
to retain such employees in the organization for effective
performance and achievement of goals.

FINANCE
1 Security Analysis and To impart knowledge to students regarding the theory and
Portfolio Management practice of Security Analysis and to give the students an in-
depth knowledge of the theory and practice of Portfolio
Management.
2 Derivatives Management To give an in-depth knowledge of the functioning of
derivative securities market.
3 Project Finance To provide to the students a specialized knowledge of the
techniques of evaluating proposed investments and to
acquaint them with the problems encountered in the
III decisional process pertaining to capital investments of the
project.
4 Financial Services and Focus on issues concerning the financial management of
Institutions financial intermediaries.
5 International Finance Students will learn an overall view of the international
financial system – instruments and markets.
6 Insurance and Risk Provide the basics of insurance contracts and to explain the
Management various types of insurance policies
7 Corporate Finance Student will acquire Nuances involved in short term
corporate financing, Good ethical practices
8 Micro Finance Enable the students to understand the principles, practices
and application in Micro Finance.
9 Strategic Financial Equip the students with necessary strategic knowledge and
Management skills received to evaluate discussions or capital
IV
restructuring, mergers and acquisitions.
10 Merchant Banking and Enable student to Understand the modes of issuing
Financial Services securities, Acquire and financial evaluation technique of
leasing and hire purchase
PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS
1 Project Management Focuses on project management methodology that will
increase the ability of students to initiate and manage
projects more efficiently and effectively
2 Planning and control of To acquaint the student with the methods of planning and
operations control for Operations. It helps to identify and discuss
forecasting models in the qualitative and quantitative areas.
3 Technology Management Helps to understand the dynamics of technological
III innovation and be familiar with how to formulate
technology strategies.
4 Logistics Management Get the exposure of logistics management and to
understand the relationship between the logistics and
packaging
5 Supply Chain Management Get the exposure of supply chain management and to
understand the relationship between the procurement and
supply chain management

25
6 Business Process To acquaint the student with understanding process
Reengineering orientation in business management and develop skills and
abilities in re-engineering and business process for
optimum performance.
7 Materials Management Understand the working of a materials management
department, Aspects of Stores management, Warehousing
management and material requirement planning.
8 Maintenance Management Enable the students to understand the principles, practices
and applications in Maintenance Management.
9 Service Operations Helps to understand how service performance can be
IV Management improved by studying services operations management
10 Product Design Understand the application of structured methods to
develop a product. Student gains knowledge on how a
product is designed based on the needs of a customer.
LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN
1 To provide the students with a good knowledge on
Purchasing and purchase function of the organization, material planning,
Procurement Management source selection and negotiation techniques
2 To make the students familiar, understand and realize the
importance of effective materials management to an
Material Management organization’s survival and profitability
3 To provide the students with a good knowledge on
corporate business communication channel, hierarchy and
Inventory Management the report writing methodologies.
4 To analyze an existing supply chain of a company, apply
various supply chain management concepts, and improve
III the supply chain and design an efficient supply chain in
Supply Chain Management alignment with the strategic goals of the company
5 prepare students to acquire knowledge and skills that lead
them to fill management and analysis in positions that will
enable them to focus on the processes and systems of
Logistics Management Logistics Management
6 Students learn the business transaction with the Customs
Custom House Practice and Central Excise for successfully executing an Import or
And Legalities Export transaction
7 Provide the students with a good knowledge on Export
Export Trade and trade, types of trades, formalities for trade, legalities of
Documentation export trade and the documentation process of it.
8 provide the students with a good knowledge and
importance of quality concept, quality culture, quality
Quality Management control and organizations for quality
9 Provide the students with a good knowledge of airfreight
operations, services and management that can support them
Air Cargo Logistics in various business functions and roles such as operations,
IV
Management customer service, account management and sales.
10 To provide the students with a good knowledge of ocean
freight operations, services and management that can
Shipping and Ocean support them in various business functions and roles such
Freight Logistics as operations, customer service, account management and
Management sales.
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
1 International Marketing To provide the knowledge of marketing management in the
III international perspective to develop marketing strategies
for the dynamic international markets.

26
2 International Human Provide insight from International Human Resource
Resource Management Management (IHRM) to give an overview and the practical
implications of operating across national borders in the
pursuit of core strategic competences, the management of
global organizational values and culture, and the
competition for talent.
3 Cross Cultural Provide a thorough understanding of the impact of an
Management international context on management practices based on
culture
4 Global Logistics and Provides the analytical framework for understanding the
Supply Chain Management logistic models and supply chain techniques in an
international perspective.
5 International Trade Making the students to understand on the India’s trade
Procedures and Position in the World and the various trade procedures
Documentation involved in an international business. It gives an insight to
the various documents required for trading.
6 International Strategic To familiarize the participants with the concepts, tools and
Management techniques of international strategic management so as to
enable them develop analytical and conceptual skills and
the ability to look at the totality of situations.
7 Global Business Ethics To sensitize the students to issues pertaining to sustainable
and Corporate development and business ethics and enable development
Governance and business ethics and enable them to understand the
implications of various statutory and policy guidelines
concerning corporate governance for actual business
decision making
8 Management Of
International To make the students to understand how the international
Developmental developmental organizations are to be managed
Organizations
IV
9 Merger and Acquisitions Provide basic insights about how merger and acquisitions
occur in industry
10 International Financial To give the students an overall view of the international
Management financial system – instruments and markets.
SYSTEMS
1 Software Engineering To understand the software engineering and apply the
knowledge of a disciplined approach to the development of
software and to the management of the software product
lifecycle.
2 Software Project Imparts knowledge to the students on how to evaluate and
Management assess the projects and to find the cost of the project using
cost benefit evaluation techniques.
3 Relational Database Helps to understand the roles of database administration in
Management Systems the enterprise and be able to perform common database
administration functions
III
4 E- Business Technology To analyze the impact that electronic commerce is having
and Management and will likely have on key sectors of the economy and
assess the strategic implications this analysis holds for an
organization.
5 Data Warehousing & Data To understand the overall architecture of a data warehouse
Mining and techniques and methods for data gathering and data
pre-processing tools
6 Knowledge Management To prepare students to become familiar with the current
theories, practices, tools and techniques in knowledge
management (KM), and to assist students in pursuing a

27
career in the information sector for profit and not for profit
organizations.
7 Enterprise Resource Understand about ERP systems, ERP software and
Planning modules, Implementation of ERP, and Emerging trends on
ERP.
8 Information Storage & Helps to learn and understand the storage management,
Management virtualization technologies, infrastructure and storage
security.
9 IV Cloud Computing Understand basics of cloud computing for business
management
10 Decision Support System Understand the components of DSS and IS. To know the
And Intelligent Systems appropriate model to be used for a problem
HOSPITAL MANAGEMENT
1 Management Of Hospital The students gain insights into various aspects like
Services importance, functions, policies and procedures, equipping,
controlling, co-ordination, communication, staffing,
reporting and documentation of both clinical and non
clinical services in a hospital.
2 Operations Management In understanding about various operations related to hospital
Health Care administration such as purchase procedures of healthcare
equipments and materials, store maintenance, quality
management and conduction of healthcare events
3 Marketing Management Of Gives better understanding about the ways to market
Hospital And Health Care healthcare services. Gives view about the marketing mix
Services for healthcare services
4 Community Health and After completion of community health and management of
III
Management of National National health programs module, students will be able to
Health Programmes recognize and identify the elements in designing the
strategies for health care delivery for community.
5 Management of Clinical Developing awareness among students regarding concept
and Super Specialty of location, layout and the infrastructure and staff
Services in Hospitals requirements. They would be able to enumerate general
procedures and policies and procedures followed in each of
these
6 Patient Care Management Understand the processes and details related to effective
patient care and to further increase the satisfaction levels of
patients
7 Health Related Laws and Understand Laws relating to Health services, Legal reports,
Ethics License, Risk Management.
8 Medical Tourism Understand the Significance of Medical Tourism, Role of
government, Communication for medical tourists. This will
enable students to learn effects of medical tourism in
nation’s economy, Pricing of Medical Services, Emerging
trends on Medical Tourism.
9 IV Hospital Architecture,
Students come to understand about the architecture,
Planning, Design and
planning design and maintenance about the hospitals
Maintenance
10 Hospital Waste Familiarize the learner with the importance, techniques and
Management the procedures involved in the management of Hospital
Waste
TOURISM
1 Tourism Principles, Understand the various elements of Tourism Management
Policies and Practices and familiarize with the Tourism policies in the national
III
and international context.
2 Tourism Products of India Conceptualize a tour itinerary based on variety of themes;

28
and to identify and manage emerging tourist destinations.
3 Destination Planning and Familiarize with the destination branding practices; and
development introduce advanced analysis and research in the field of
destination development
4 Travel agency and Tour Understand the significance of travel agency and tour
operations operation business; know the current trends and practices in
the tourism and travel trade sector; develop adequate
knowledge and skills applicable to travel industry.
5 Hospitality Management Understand the essentials of hospitality industry;
Familiarize with resort and event management; and
do project work in the above areas.
6 Indian culture and  Study the richness and diversity of Indian culture; evaluate
Heritage the contemporary trends of India culture; and to
acknowledge and appreciate the co-existence of different
cultural and religious practices of India
7 Tourism Marketing To expose the students to concepts and components of
marketing and acquaint them with tourism specific
marketing skills
8 Ecotourism To understand the significance of ecotourism and to
comprehend the theories and practices of ecotourismand to
be familiar with the model ecotourism projects
9 Event Management Familiarize the students with the essentials of Event
Management; To understand the potential of MICE and
IV
Event Tourism; and to enable the students to take up
project work in the above areas
10 E- Tourism To understand emerging business models in tourism and
travel industry and to study the impact of Information
Technology on tourism and travel sector.
AGRI BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
1 To expose learners to the environment in which the agri-
Agri business Environment business is conducted. Focus will be on understanding
and Policy micro and macro environmental forces and their impact on
agri-business.
2 this course is to give the students an understanding of
Agricultural Marketing
concept, various policies, strategies and decisions relating
Management
to marketing that can be developed by agribusiness firms.
3 To acquaint the students with the basic principles of farm
Farm Business management dealing with the analysis of farm resources
Management having alternatives within the framework of resource
restrictions.
4 III Management of Agri To Make the students how the agri business cooperatives
business Cooperatives are to be managed
5 To examine how the system affects farmers, consumers and
middlemen and to illustrate the response of this dynamic
Food Retail Management
marketing system to technological, socio-cultural, political
and economic forces over time
6 Management of To give the students an understanding of different
Agricultural Input marketing concept and marketing system in context of
Marketing agricultural inputs.
7 To Introduce the students to the concepts and processes of
Agri Supply Chain
agricultural supply chain management, framework for
Management
structuring supply chain drivers; network designs, demand

29
forecasting, inventory planning, sourcing decisions and IT
enablement of supply chain.
8 To impart knowledge about current Indian agriculture,
policies and changes which have taken place in the post
Agriculture Economics independence period with a special focus upon problems
being faced in the light of challenges of food security and
sustainable agriculture
9 IV To familiarize students with the Agricultural Financial
Agricultural and Micro-
System, Microfinance System and tools and techniques
Finance
used for better management decisions.
10 New Trends and To familiarize students with the Agricultural Financial
Development in Agri- System, Microfinance System and tools and techniques
Sector used for better management decisions

SCHOOL OF COMMERCE AND BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT

M.Phil- 20MPBBAGE

M.Phil. PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES –PEO


PEO1: To prepare students for an excellent corporate career,
PEO2: combining theory with practice, classroom teaching with management development.

M.Phil. PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOME-PSO

Program Specific Outcomes : Nurturing industry ready professionals with business and management
acumen, who shall hold high degree of human values and social consciousness in their professional and
personal lives.

M.Phil. COURSES OUTCOME – CO

S.no Course title Course outcomes

able to create a research project plan and research


01 methodology
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
 Is able to plan, organise and control the
execution process of the research project, including the
choice of information sources, data collection, editing
and analysis, to be able to lead project teams and

30
interact with external research agencies and companies

 Build an Articulated Plan. The obvious place to


02 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT start during the planning process is building a plan.
 Focus on Strategic Differentiation. Build a plan
that's focused on your strategic differentiation.
 Motivate through effective delegation
03  Manage performance through coaching
ADVANCED MANAGEMENT  Manage change and your own stress
 Planning the support of strategic objectives

 Understanding of ethical issues related to


04 Research and Publication. Skills gained:
RESEARCH AND PUBLICATION  Write research papers/thesis following
ETHICS publication ethics. Related issues. Competency
developed:
 Publish ethically.

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION


Course Structure-2020
Course Code Course Title L T P C
SEMESTER I
20110AEC11/ Tami – I/Advanced English-I/Hindi-I/ French - I
20111AEC11/
4 0 0 2
20132AEC11/
20135AEC11
20111AEC12 English I 4 0 0 2
20160SEC13 Principles of Management 5 0 0 3
20160SEC14 Managerial Economics 5 0 0 3
20160AEC15 Business Communication 5 0 0 4
20160AEC16 Business Mathematics and Statistics 4 0 0 3
201ACLSICN Indian Constitution - - - 2
Total 27 0 0 19
AUDIT COURSE
201ACLSUHV Universal Human Values - - - 2
SEMESTER II
20110AEC21/
20131AEC21/ Tamil II / Hindi II/ Advanced English II 4 0 0 2
20111AEC21
20111AEC22 English II 4 0 0 2

31
20160SEC23 Financial Accounting 5 0 0 3
20160SEC24 Organizational Behavior 5 0 0 3
20160AEC25 Business Environment 5 0 0 4
20160AEC26 Management Information System 4 0 0 3
RESEARCH SKILL BASED COURSE
20160RLC27 Research Led Seminar 0 0 0 1
Total 27 0 0 18
AUDIT COURSES
201ACLSCOS Communication Skills 0 0 0 2
201ACSSBBE Basic Behavioral Etiquette 0 0 0 2
SEMESTER III
20110AEC31/
20131AEC31/ Tamil III / Hindi III/ Advanced English III 4 0 0 2
20111AEC31
20111AEC32 English III 4 0 0 2
20160SEC33 Management Accounting 4 0 0 3
20160SEC34 Marketing Management 4 0 0 3
20160AEC35 Business Law 5 0 0 4
20160AEC36 Human Resource Management 4 0 0 3
RESEARCH SKILL BASED COURSE
20160RMC37 Research Methodology 2 0 0 2
Total 27 0 0 20
AUDIT COURSES
201ACLSOAN Office automation 0 0 0 2
SEMESTER IV
20110AEC41/
20131AEC41/ Tamil IV / Hindi IV/ Advanced English IV 4 0 0 2
20111AEC41
20111AEC42 English IV 4 0 0 2
20160SEC43 Total Quality Management 5 0 0 3
20160SEC44 Cost Accounting 4 0 0 3
20160AEC45 Retail Management 4 0 0 4
20160AEC46 Industrial Relations and Labour Law 4 0 0 3
201ENSTU45 Environmental Studies 2 0 0 2
Total 27 0 0 20
AUDIT COURSE
201ACLSLMS Leadership and Management Skills 0 0 0 2
201ACSSAQA General Aptitude and Quantitative Ability 0 0 0 2
SEMESTER V
20160SEC51 Financial Management 6 0 0 5
20160SEC52 Services Marketing 5 0 0 3
20160SEC53 Production and Operations Management 5 0 0 3
20160SEC54 Global Business Management 6 0 0 4
20160DSC54 Discipline Specific Elective – I 5 0 0 3
RESEARCH S KILL BASED COURSE
20160BRC55 Participation Bounded Research 0 0 0 1
Total 27 0 0 20
AUDIT COURSE
201ACLSPSL Professional Skills 0 0 0 2
SEMESTER VI

32
20160SEC61 Business Policy and Strategic Management 5 0 0 4
20160SEC62 Entrepreneurial Development 6 0 0 5
20160SEC63 Logistics and Supply Chain Management 5 0 0 4
20160DSC64 Discipline Specific Elective – II 5 0 0 3
201_ _OEC(2
Digit Course Open Elective 4 0 0 2
Name )
20160PRW66 Project Work 0 0 0 4
20160PEE Programme Exit Exam 0 0 0 2
Total 25 0 0 24
AUDIT COURSE
201ACSSIST Interview Skills Training and Mock Test 0 0 0 2
201ACLSCET Community Engagement 0 0 0 1
Total Credits -Programme 116
Total Credits - Audit Courses 20
Discipline Specific Elective Courses
Semester Elective No Course Code Course Title
20160DSC54A Advertising and salesmanship
V I
20160DSC54B Investment Management
20160DSC64A Customer Relationship Management
VI II
20160DSC64B Financial Services

Open Elective Courses


Semester Course Code Course Title Department
20111OEC Journalism English
20114OEC Food and Adulteration Chemistry
VI 20116OEC Wild life conservation Microbiology
20120OEC E-Learning Computer science
20161OEC Banking Services Commerce
Audit Courses&Audit Courses on Soft Skills
Semester Elective No Course Code Course Title
I 201ACLSICN Indian Constitution
I
II 201ACLSUHV Universal Human Values
I 201ACLSCOS Communication Skills
II
II 201ACSSBBE Basic Behavioral Etiquette
III I 201ACLSOAN Office automation
I 201ACLSLMS Leadership and Management Skills
IV
II 201ACSSAQA General Aptitude and Quantitative Ability
V I 201ACLSPSL Professional Skills
I 201ACSSIST Interview Skills Training and Mock Test
VI
II 201ACLSCET Community Engagement

33
SEMESTER I
34
jkpo;
ghlj;jpl;lk;
,sq;fiy: gUtk; I,II,III,IV – gphpT –I (PART-I) 20110AEC11
Kjy; gUtk; - jhs; - I
fw;wypd; gad;fs;:

1. 20-Mk; E}w;whz;Lf; ftpQh;fis mwpKfk; nra;jy;.


2. jw;fhyf; ftpij> rpWfijfspd; Nghf;if mwpe;J nfhs;Sjy;.
3. 20-Mk; E}w;whz;bd; rKjhar; rpf;fy;fisf; ftpij> rpWfijfs; %yk; mwpar;
nra;jy;.

fw;wypd; tpisTfs;:

1. ebg;ghw;wiy tsu;f;f cjTk;.


2. gilg;ghw;wYf;F toptFf;Fk;.
3. cstpay; rpe;jidj;jpwid tsu;f;f cjTk;.
4. jw;fhy ,yf;fpag; gilg;Gfis thrpf;Fk; Mu;tj;ij cz;lhf;Fk;.
5. fl;Liu vOJk; jpwid Vw;gLj;Jk;.
6. gilg;ghsh;fspd; gilg;ghSikiaj; njhpe;Jnfhs;s tha;g;ghf mikAk;.

,f;fhy ,yf;fpak;> nra;As;> rpWfij> ,yf;fzk;> ,yf;fpa tuyhW kdg;ghlg;gFjp


myF – I
ghujpahh; Njrgf;jpg; ghly;fs;
Rje;jpug; ngUik
Rje;jpug; gaph;
Rje;jpu Njtpapd; Jjp
njhz;L nra;Ak; mbik
ghujpjhrd;
tPuj;jha;

35
myF – II
Rujh – ey;y jPu;g;G
fz;zjhrd; - fe;jy; Jzpapd; fij
gl;Lf;Nfhl;il fy;ahzRe;juk; - ez;L nra;j njhz;L – fhyk; rhpapy;Ny
K.Nkj;jh – thioab thio
thyp – jha;

myF – III
rpWfij - ,sNtdpw; Fwpg;Gfs; - jpUitahW ghyFkhh;

myF – IV
,yf;fzk;
vOj;J
kdg;ghlg;gFjp

myF – V
,yf;fpa tuyhW
rpWfij> Gjpdk;> ehlfk;> ciueil> ftpij>GJf;ftpij

jhs; - I
xg;gilT – kjpg;ngz; 40
ghlj;njhlh;Gila fl;Liu – 20 kjpg;ngz;
Mj;jpr;#b – 20 kjpg;ngz;
mwk; nra tpUk;G> MWtJ rpdk;> ,ay;tJ fuNty;> <tJ tpyf;Nfy;> cilaJ tpsk;Ngy;> Cf;fkJ
iftpNly;> vz; vOj;J ,fNoy;>Vw;gJ ,fo;r;rp> Iak; ,l;L cz;> xg;GuT xOF> XJtJ
xopNay;>Xstpak; NgNry;> fz;L xd;W nrhy;Nyy;> Qak;gl ciu> ,lk;gl tPL vNly;> ,zf;fk;
mwpe;J ,zq;F> je;ij jha;g;Ngd;>ed;wp kwNty;>gUtj;Nj gaph;nra;> ,ay;G myhjd
nrNay;>tQ;rfk; NgNry;>,sikapy; fy;>mde;jy;MNly;>fbtJ kw>fPo;ik mfw;W>FzkJ
iftpNly;>nfLg;gJ xop> Nfs;tp Kay;>rhd;Nwhh; ,dj;J ,U> Nrhk;gpj;jphpNay;.

(Nkw;;fz;l jiyg;Gfspy; VNjDk; xd;wDf;F ftpij( kuG my;yJ GJf;ftpij) fij>fl;Liu>ehlfk; vOjp tur;
nra;J rhpg;ghh;j;J kjpg;ngz; toq;fplTk;)

36
Course Code Course Title L T P C
20111AEC11 ADVANCED ENGLISH-I 4 0 0 2

Aim:
 To improve the knowledge of English
Objective:
 To familiarize with the glossary terms, figures of speech
 To improve vocabulary
 To learn how to edit and proof read
 To know the comparison and contrast and cause and effect forms
 To understand the impact of the speeches of famous people
Outcome:
 Develop vocabulary
 Read and comprehend literature

UNIT –I
Glossary of grammar terms
Figures of speech

UNIT – II
Foreign words and phrases
British and American Vocabulary

UNIT – III
Speeches of famous people:
Mahatma Gandhi-Abraham Lincoln-Swami Vivekananda-John F. Kennedy

UNIT – IV
Editing
Proof reading

UNIT – V
Comparison and contrast
Cause and effect

37
References:
English Grammar -Wren and Martin
English Grammar and Composition -Radhakrishna Pillai
Essentials of Business Communication -Rajendra Pal &J.S Korlahalli
Sultan Chand & Sons
English for writers and translators -Robin Macpherson
Technical Communication -Meenakshi Sharma & Sangeetha Sharma
The World’s Great Speeches - Sudhir Kumar Sharma Galaxy Publishers
English Work Book-I&II -Jewelcy Jawahar

Course code Course Title L T P C


20111AEC12 ENGLISH-I 4 0 0 2

Aim:
 To acquaint students with learning English through literature

Objective:
 To improve English delightfully through simple poems, essays
 To throw light on fiction
 To read and comprehend literature

Outcome:
 Read and comprehend literature

UNIT –I
The Art of Reading - Lin Yutang
An Eco-Feminist Vision -Aruna Gnanadason

UNIT – II
The Merchant of Death -Nanda Kishore Mishra & John Kennet
She Spoke for all Nature -Young world ‘The Hindu’

UNIT –III
Because I could not Stop for Death -Emily Dickinson
Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening -Robert Frost

UNIT –IV
Enterprise -Nissim Ezekiel
Love poem for a wife -A.K Ramanujam

UNIT –V
Oliver Twist -Charles Dickens

References:-

38
The Art of Reading/ Experiencing Poetry. -S.Murugesan and Dr.K.Chellappan
Emerald Publishers

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160SEC13 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT 5 0 0 5

AIM: To enhance production and productivity, decrease cost of production and maximize
prosperity both for employer and employees having common interests.

OBJECTIVE: To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of management in order to aid
in understanding how an organization functions, and in understanding the complexity and wide
variety of issues managers face in today’s business firms.

PREREQUISTE: Introduction to the management process, emphasizing planning and strategy, and
organizational behavior, direction and control including leadership, motivation, team building,
management information systems.
UNIT – I
Organization - Management – Importance – concepts- Nature – functions- Role of managers-
Management and administration – Evolution of management thought – Modern management
approaches – MBO –Merits and Demerits.
UNIT – II
Nature and purpose of planning – Planning process - types of plans - strategies – Types of
strategies – Decision Making- Types - Process- Rational decision making process.
UNIT – III
Nature and purpose of organizing - Organization structure – Process of organization –
Departmentalization – Span of control – Delegation of authority, responsibility – Accountability
– Centralization and decentralization - Selection and Recruitment.
UNIT – IV
Directing – Principles – Elements – Motivation, Theories of motivation: Maslow, Herzberg,
Vroom models – Communication- Hurdles to effective communication
UNIT – V
Control – Controlling – Need for control – Control process – Control techniques. Leadership -
leadership theories – Styles – Managerial grid. Co-ordination – meaning – need – types.

References:

39
 L.M. Prasad – Sultan Chand & Sons.
 T.M. Ramasamy – Himalaya Publishing House.
 P.C. Tripathi, P.N. Reddy – Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing House.

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160SEC14 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 5 0 0 5

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
AIM: Economics is inevitable to business and hence to teach basic of economics to students of
Business Administration

COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To educate the students to understand the fundamentals of economics
2. To understand the application of economics in business decisions
3. To familiarize the Students with economic tools for business analysis.

PRE REQUISITE: A minimum level knowledge to understand and applications of Economics

SYLLABUS
UNIT I Introduction – Natural & Scope of Managerial Economics – Significance of Managerial
Economics.

UNIT II Demand Analysis – Basic Concepts and Tools for Analysis of Demand – Demand
forecasting.

UNIT III Cost Concepts and Cost Analysis – Production Function – Cost Price – Output
Relations.

UNIT IV Price and Output Decisions under different Market Structures Perfect Competition –
Monopoly – Monopolistic Competition – Oligopoly – Pricing Policy – Pricing Methods and
Approaches – Product Line Pricing – Price Forecasting.

UNIT V National Income-definition, measurement – Factors – difficulties in measurement.


GDP-NDP-Business cycle- phases – Inflation- types and control measures. Managerial
Economics in the Context of Globalization.

TEXT BOOK
1. Dr. Sankaran S., “Managerial Economics”, Margham Publications, 2099.

40
References:
1. Varshney & Maheswari, “Managerial Economics”, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2007. 2. Victor L.
Mote & Samuel Paul, “Managerial economics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2077

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160AEC15 BUSINESS COMMUNICATION 4 0 0 4

UNIT I
Introduction – Definition, Characteristics and need for communication – Importance of effective
communication – Process, Principles of Communication - Barriers of communication.
UNIT II
Means of communication – Oral and Written Communication – Flow of Communication – Types of
Communication – Non Verbal Communication.
UNIT III
Introduction to Business Correspondence – Structure Layout – Letters of Enquiries, Offers, Quotations
and Tenders – Orders , its execution and Cancellation Letters – Sales Letters.
UNIT IV
Bank Correspondence – Letter between banker and customer, Letter between Head office and Branch
Office, Letter between Customer and banker. Insurance Correspondence – Fire, Marine, General and Life
Insurance. Export and Import Correspondence.
UNIT V
Reports - Structure and Layout – Business Report Writing – Reports by Individuals, Committees, Press
Reports, Market Reports – Proposal Writing. Technology – Aided Business Communication – Internet, E-
Mail, Web-based Communication, IT Trends in Communication.
References:
 Managerial Communication – V.P. Michael – Himalaya Publishing House
 Business Communication - Homai Pradhan, D. S. Bhande – Himalya Publishing house.
 Business Communication - K Sundar, A Kumara Raj - Vijay Nicole
 Business Communication - Kathiresan – Dr, Radha – Prasana Publishers.

41
Course Code Course Title L T P C
20160AEC16 BUSINESS MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS 2 2 0 4

Aim: To learn the concepts, applications and methods of mathematics and statistics useful for
Business operations.
Pre requisite: The learner should have Elementary knowledge in mathematics and statistics.
UNIT- I FUNDAMENTALS OF BUSINESS MATHEMATICS
Arithmetic - Ratios and Proportions - Simple and Compound interest including application of
Annuity- Set theory and simple application of Venn diagram- Mathematical reasoning – basic
application
UNIT – II INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS
Meaning and scope of statistics, uses of statistics in business, statistical data – primary and
secondary – classification of data – frequency distribution – Diagrammatic presentation .
UNIT – III MEASURES OF CENTRAL TENDENCY AND DISPERSION
Mean, Median, Mode, Mean Deviation - Quartiles and Quartile Deviation - Standard Deviation -
Co-efficient of Variation, Coefficient of Quartile Deviation
UNIT – IV CORRELATION AND REGRESSION
Scatter diagram - Karl Pearson’s Coefficient of Correlation - Rank Correlation - Regression
lines, Regression equations, Regression coefficients
UNIT – V INDEX NUMBERS & TIME SERIES ANALYSIS
Index Numbers - Uses of Index Numbers - Methods of construction of Index Numbers -
Problems involved in construction of Index Numbers - Time Series Analysis – Components of
Time series – Methods of computing time series - Moving Average Method - Method of Least
Squares

42
TEXT BOOKS
 Statistical Methods – S.P.Gupta
 Fundamentals of Statistics – D.L. Elhance
 Business Mathematics and Statistics – N G Das and J K Das.
References:
 Economics and Business Statistics – M.Sivathanu pillai
 Elements of Statistics – B.N. Asthana
 Schaum’s outline of Statistics – Murray R Spiegel and Larry J. Stephens

SEMESTER II

43
jkpo;
ghlj;jpl;lk;
,sq;fiy : gUtk; ,uz;L 20110AEC21
jhs; - II
nra;As; - gf;jp ,yf;fpak;> rpw;wpyf;fpak;> ,yf;fzk;> ,yf;fpa
tuyhW.kdg;ghlg;gFjp

fw;wypd; gad;fs; : ;

1.gf;jp ,yf;fpaq;fisAk; rpj;jh; ghly;fisAk; mwpKfk; nra;jy;.

2. gf;jpr; RitNahL Mo;thh;fSk; ehad;khh;fSk; vLj;jhz;Ls;sikia mwpTWj;jy;.

3 rpw;wpyf;fpatiffisg; gf;jpr; RitAld; vLj;Jiuj;jy;.

fw;wypd; tpisTfs;:

1. ,iwabth;fspd; mw;Gjr; nray;top ,iwek;gpf;if Nt&d;Wk;.


2. jyGuhz tuyhw;wpid mwptjd; %yk; tho;tpay; rpf;fy; jPh;f;Fk; ,lq;fis
mwpa KbAk;.
3. jj;Jtf; fUj;Jf;fspd; top ey;nyz;zq;fs; kdjpy; Njhd;Wk;.
4. gf;jp ,yf;fpaq;fNs rpw;wpyf;fpaj; Njhw;wj;jpw;Ff; fhuzk; vd czh;e;J nfhs;s
KbAk;.
5. nrhw;nghUs; fUj;jhoq;fis mwpa KbAk;.
6. rkaf; nfhs;iffis fw;Wf; nfhs;Sk; tha;g;G fpilf;Fk;.
7. fhg;gpaq;fspy; nghUe;jpapUf;Fk; rkaf; fUj;Jf;fis fz;lwpa top nra;Ak;.

44
myF-I
jpUQhdrk;ge;jh; Njthuk; -,lhpDk; jshpDk; - gjpfk;
jpUehTf;furh; Njthuk; - md;dk; ghypf;Fk; jpy;iy – gjpfk;
jpUthrfk; - Nfhapw; jpUg;gjpfk;
jpUke;jpuk; - 25> 85> 139>238>250>252>270>724>2104>2716
jpUmUl;gh – nja;tkzp khiy 1>8>9

myF-II
ek;kho;thh; - 1 ghRuk;- jpUtha;nkhop –vk;ngUkhDf;F Ml;gLjy; ,d;gNk
nghpaho;thh; - 1 ghRuk; - jpUg;gy;yhz;L – jhyg;gUtk;
ehr;rpahh; jpUnkhop -10 ghly;fs;- Mwhk; jpUnkhop

myF-III
rpw;wpyf;fpak; > Kf;$lw;gs;S- tsik> nrOik
kJiu kPdhl;rpak;ik gps;isj;jkpo;- jhyg;gUtk;-Ie;Jghly;fs;

myF-IV
,yf;fzk; nrhy;
kdg;ghlg;gFjp

myF-V
,yf;fpa tuyhW irt> itzt ,yf;fpaq;fs; rpw;wpyf;fpak;.gs;S gps;isj;jkpo; guzp

jhs; II
xg;gilT – kjpg;ngz; 40
ghlj;njhlh;Gila fl;Liu 20 kjpg;ngz;
nfhd;iw Nte;jd; 20 kjpg;ngz;
md;idAk; gpjhTk; Kd;dwp nja;tk;> ,y;ywk; my;yJ ey;ywk; md;W> CUld; giff;fpd; NtUld;
nfLk;>Vth kf;fs; %th kUe;J>xstpak; NgRjy; Mf;fj;jpw;F mopT> m/fKk; fhRk;
rpf;fdj;NjhL>fw;ngdg;gLtJ nrhy;jpwk;ghik>fpl;lhjhapd; ntl;nld kw>fPNohh; MapDk; jho
ciu>Fw;wk; ghh;f;fpd; Rw;;wk; ,y;iy> $h; mk;G MapDk; tPuPak; NgNry;> nfLtJ nra;apd;
tpLtJ fUkk;> ifg;nghUs; jd;dpd;>nka;g;nghUs; fy;tp>rPiuj;Njbd; Viuj;NjL> Rw;wj;jpw;F
moF #o ,Uj;jy;>#Jk; thJk; Ntjid nra;Ak;>Nrkk;GfpDk; ahkj;J cwq;F> Nrhk;gh; vd;gth;
Njk;gpj;jpupth;> je;ij nrhy;kpf;f ke;jpuk; ,y;iy> jhapw; rpwe;jJ xU NfhtpYk; ,y;iy> jpiufly;
XbAk; jputpak; NjL> jPuhf; Nfhgk; Nghuha; KbAk;> NjhoNdhLk; Voik NgNry;>ehnlq;Fk;
thof; Nfnlhd;Wk; ,y;iy>ePufk; nghUe;jpa Cufj;J ,U> ghNyhL MapDk; fhyk; mwpe;J cz;>
igar; nrd;why; itak; jhq;Fk;> kUe;Nj MapDk; tpUe;NjhL cz;> Kw;gfy; nra;apd; gpw;gfy;
tpisAk;> Nkopr; nry;tk; NfhioglhJ.

(Nkw;;fz;l jiyg;Gfspy; VNjDk; xd;wDf;F ftpij( kuG my;yJ GJf;ftpij) fij>fl;Liu>ehlfk; vOjp tur;
nra;J rhpg;ghh;j;J kjpg;ngz; toq;fplTk;)

45
Course Code Course Title L T P C
20111AEC21 ADVANCED ENGLISH-II 4 0 0 2

Aim:
 To improve the knowledge of English
Objective:
 To understand the format of e-mail, fax and memos
 To write itinerary, checklist, invitation, circular, instruction, recommendations
 To understand the impact of the biographies of famous people
Outcome:
 Develop writing skill
 Read and comprehend literature

UNIT –I
E-mail
Fax
Memos

UNIT – II
Itinerary
Checklist

UNIT – III
Invitation

46
Circular

UNIT – IV
Instruction
Recommendations

UNIT – V
Biographies of famous people:
Mother Teresa-Madam Curie-Charles Chaplin-Vikram Sarabhai

References:
English Grammar -Wren and Martin
English Grammar and Composition -Radhakrishna Pillai
Technical Communication -Meenakshi Sharma & Sangeetha Sharma
Inspiring Lives -Maruthi Publishers
English Work Book-I&II -Jewelcy Jawahar

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20111AEC22 ENGLISH-II 4 0 0 2

Aim:
 To acquaint learners with different trends of writing
Objective:
 To empower students to acquire language skills through literature
 To enable the students to appreciate literature
 To develop the conversational skills through one act plays
Outcome:
 Read and comprehend literature

UNIT – I
Ecology -A.K. Ramanujan
Gift -Alice Walker
The First Meeting -Sujata Bhatt

UNIT –II
Fueled -Marcie Hans
Asleep -Ernst Jandl
Buying and selling -Khalil Gibran

47
UNIT –III
The End of living and The Beginning of Survival - Chief Seattle
My Wood - E.M.Forster
The Meeting of Races - Rabindranath Tagore

UNIT – IV
The Refugee -K.A. Abbas
I Have a Dream -Martin Luther king
Those People Next Door -A.G. Gardiner

UNIT – V
Marriage is a private Affair -Chinua Achebe
The Fortune Teller -Karel Capek
Proposal -Anton Chekov

References:-
Gathered Wisdom -GowriSivaraman EmeraldPublishers

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160SEC23 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 2 3 0 5
AIM: The Basic purpose of this course is to develop an insight of postulates, principles and
techniques of accounting, and utilization of financial accounting information for planning,
decision-making and control.
Pre Requisite: The Learner should have introductory knowledge about accounting.

UNIT – I
Introduction to Financial Accounting – Definition, Meaning, Nature, Objectives and Uses of
Accounting – Accounting Concepts, Principles and Conventions – Books of Accounts -
Branches of Accounting – Differences between various branches of accounting
UNIT – II
Book Keeping – Single Entry System of Book Keeping – Double Entry System of Book Keeping –
Recording of Transactions – Journal – Subsidiary books – Ledger – Trail Balance.
UNIT – III
Final Accounts – Manufacturing account – Trading account – Profit and Loss account and

48
Balance Sheet
UNIT – IV
Depreciation Accounting: Introduction, Meaning of Depreciation, Causes for Depreciation, Need for
Depreciation, Computation of the Amount of Depreciation, Depreciation on Additions to Fixed Assets,
Methods of Depreciation, Calculation of Depreciation under various methods.
UNIT-V
Consignment- Meaning, features of consignment transaction, distinction between consignment
and sale, Joint venture - Meaning, features, difference between joint venture and partnership,
joint venture and consignment.

Text Book:
 Advance accounting – S. P. Jain and K. L. Narang – Kaliyani Publisher.
 Principles of Accounting – Finnery H. A. Miller H E Prentice Hall
 Principles of Financial Accounting – S.N. Maheshwari

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160SEC24 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 5 0 0 5

AIM: To provide basic knowledge on various models of organizational behavior, To expose them to the
concepts of motivation and group dynamics, To help them acquire interpersonal skills.
Pre Requisite: The Learner should have basic interpersonal skill and Human behaviour
UNIT - I
Organizational Behaviour – Concept – Nature - Models - Other similar fields of study – Disciplines
contributing to Organizational Behaviour - Individual Behaviour – Perception.
UNIT - II
Personality – Definition - Determinants - Group Dynamics – Formal and Informal Groups, Group Norms,
Group Cohesiveness, Group Behaviour and Group Decision – making.
UNIT - III
Leadership – Concept – Qualities of effective Leadership – Leadership Styles - Definition of Power –
Types of Power - Sources of power – Power and Politics.
UNIT - IV
Definition of Authority – Characteristics – Types of Authority - Organizational conflict, source of conflicts
– Types of conflicts – Job frustration and causes.
UNIT - V
Motivation – Concept – Nature – significance - Theories of Motivation – Maslow’s need hierarchy theory
– Mc Gregor’s Theory X and Theory Y – Herzberg Two Factor Theory - Stress Management – Concept -

49
Sources - Effects of stress - Management of Stress.
TEXT BOOK:
Organizational Behaviour – L.M. PRASAD
References:
 Organization Theory and Behaviour – V.S.P. RAO & D.S. Narayana
 Organizational Behaviour - Uma Sekaran
 Organizational Behaviour - K.Aswathappa
 Stephen P. Robins, Organisational Behavior, PHI Learning / Pearson Education, 11th edition,
2008.
 Fred Luthans, Organisational Behavior, McGraw Hill, 11th Edition, 2001

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160AEC25 BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 4 0 0 4

AIM: To enable the learner to understand the various business and economic environments in a
changing business scenario.
UNIT-I
Business environment- concept- significance- factors- environmental influence on business.
UNIT-II
Social and cultural environment- demographic trend- Indian social structure- impact on business-
interplay of various systems.
UNIT-III
Political environment- directive principles of state policy-centre- state relations- impact on
business- economic environment- sectors of economy and their significance- agriculture,
industry- service- multinational corporations- meaning- importance- advantages- weakness.
UNIT-IV

50
Technological environment- choice of technology- problems in selecting appropriate technology-
importance to business- social responsibility- meaning- importance- responsibility towards
various interest groups.
UNIT-V
Economic planning and development- government and planning- industrial policies and
promotion schemes- government policy and SSI.

References:
 Francis Cherunilam- ‘Business Environment’.
 Aswathappa k, ‘Essentials of Business Environment’.
 Havg VK, ‘Economic Environment of Business’.
 Amarchand D, Government and Business.

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160AEC26 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM 4 0 0 4

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM


AIM: The objective of this course is to help the student acquire the basic knowledge of
information system so as to enable them to make more efficient use of information for decision
making.
Pre Requisite: The Learner should have elementary knowledge about information systems
UNIT-I
Management information System- An overview- concept- evolution and element of MIS-
definition- characteristics and basic requirement of MIS- structure- computerized MIS- pre-
requisites of an effective MIS.
UNIT-II
System analysis and design- An overview- System study- System design- development and
implementation.

51
UNIT-III
Computers and its effect on MIS- Limitations- MIS and DSS- MIS and information resource
management- executive information artificial intelligence and expert system- MIS in Indian
organizations- recent developments in information technology.
UNIT-IV
Computers and communication- An overview- the information technology- concept of global
village- communication channels- communication networks- local area networks- wide area
networks- video conferencing.
UNIT-V
Client/ server computing communication servers- digital networks- ERP systems- inter-
organizational information systems- value added networks- networking E-commerce and
internet- application of internet and website management.
References:
 O’ Brien, James A, Management Information Systems.
 Sadogopans, Management information System, PHI.
 Lucas, Management information System.
 Sen, Management information System.

52
SEMESTER III

jkpo;
ghlj;jpl;lk;
,sq;fiy : gUtk; %d;W-20110AEC31
jhs; - III
nra;As; - fhg;gpaq;fs;> ,yf;fzk;>,yf;fpa tuyhW> kdg;ghlg;gFjp
fw;wypd; gad;fs;:

1 fhg;gpaq;fspd; ngUikaAk; rpw;wpyf;fpaq;fspd; nrOikiaAk; khzth;fSf;F


mwpKfk; nra;jy;.

2. jkpo; ,yf;fpaq;fspy; ciueilapd; gq;fspg;ig czh;j;Jjy;.

3. ,yf;fpaq;fs; r%fj;jpw;F Mw;wpa njhz;bid khzth;fSf;F czh;j;Jjy;.

fw;wypd; tpisTfs;:

53
1. fhg;gpa mwf;fUj;Jf;fs; tho;f;ifiar; nrk;ikg;gLj;j cjTk;.

2. rkaf;Nfhl;ghLfis mwpe;J nfhs;s KbAk;.

3. rpw;wpyf;fpa tiffis mwpe;J mitfisf; fw;Fk; MHtj;ij Vw;gLj;Jk;.

4. fhg;gpaj;jpw;Fk; rpw;wpyf;fpaj;jpw;Fk; ,ilNa cs;s NtWghl;il mwpe;J nfhs;s


KbAk;.

5. ciueil> nra;Aspd; nkhopeil NtWghl;il mwpe;J nfhs;s cjTk;.

myF-I
rpyg;gjpfhuk;-tof;Fiu fhij
kzpNkfiy-Mjpiu gpr;irapl;l fhij
rPtfrpe;jhkzp-ehl;Ltsk; 10 ghly;fs;

myF-II
nghpaGuhzk;- nka;g;nghUs; ehadhh; Guhzk;
fk;guhkhazk;-thyp tijg;glyk;

myF-III
rPwhg;Guhzk; - fuk; nghUj;J glyk;
,NaRfhtpak; - kiog;nghopT

myF-IV
,yf;fzk;
ahg;G
kdg;ghlg;gFjp

myF-V
,yf;fpa tuyhW
fhg;gpaq;fs;
IQ;rpWfhg;gpaq;fs;
Guhzq;fs;> ,jpfhrq;fs;

jhs; - III
Xg;gilT – kjpg;ngz; 40
ghlj;njhlh;Gilaf; fl;Liu 20 kjpg;ngz;
ntw;wp Ntw;if 20 kjpg;ngz;
vOj;J mwptpj;jtd; ,iwtd; MFk;> ft;tpf;F moF frlw nkhopjy;> nry;th;f;F moF nrOq;fpis
jhq;Fjy;> kd;dth;f;F moF nrq;Nfhy; Kiwik> itrpah;f;F moF tsh; nghUs; <l;ly;> coth;f;F moF
cOJ Cz; tpUk;gy;> ke;jphpf;F moF tUk; nghUs; ciuj;jy;> je;jphpf;F moF jWfz; Mz;ik>
cz;bf;F moF tpUe;NjhL cz;ly;> ngz;bu;f;;F moF vjph; NgrhjpUj;jy;>mwpQh;f;F moF
fw;Wzh;e;J mlq;fy;> twpQh;f;F moF tWikapy; nrk;ik> nghpNahh; vy;yhk; nghpNahUk;
my;yh;.rpwpNahh; vy;yhk; rpwpaUk; my;yh;>mbDk; Mtpd; ghy; jd; Rit Fd;whJ> RbDk;
nrk;nghd; jd;ndhsp nflhJ> miwf;fpDk; re;jdk; jd; kdk; khwhJ ngUikAk; rpWikAk; jhd; ju
tUNk> mwpTil xUtid muRk; tpUk;G> ahidf;F ,y;iy jhdKk;> jUkKk;>G+idf;F ,y;iy jtKk;
jiaAk;> Qhdpf;F ,y;iy ,d;gKk; Jd;gKk; > mr;rKk; ehzKk; mwptpNyhUf;F ,y;iy> ehSk;
fpoikAk; eype;NjhUf;F ,y;iy> NfSk; fpisAk; nfl;NlhUf;F ,y;iy>cilikAk; tWikAk; xU top
epy;yh>,ue;Njhh;f;F <tJk; cilNahh; flNd>gopah tUtJ nkhopahJ xoptJ> Ropah tUGdy;

54
,opahJ xoptJ> JizNahL my;yJ neLtop NghNfy;.

(Nkw;;fz;l jiyg;Gfspy; VNjDk; xd;wDf;F ftpij( kuG my;yJ GJf;ftpij) fij>fl;Liu>ehlfk; vOjp tur;
nra;J rhpg;ghh;j;J kjpg;ngz; toq;fplTk;)

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20111AEC31 ADVANCED ENGLISH-III 4 0 0 2

Aim:
 To improve the knowledge of English
Objective:

55
 To familiarize with the organs of speech and the description and classification of speech
sounds
 To understand consonant cluster, syllable, word accent and intonation.
 To know how to interpret graphics
 To write slogans and advertisements
Outcome:
 Understand Phonetics
 Develop writing skill

UNIT –I
The organs of speech
Classification of speech sounds
Vowels and Diphthongs

UNIT –II
Consonants
Consonant cluster

UNIT – III
Syllable
Word accent
Intonation

UNIT – IV
Idiom
Interpretation of graphics

UNIT – V
Slogan writing
Writing advertisement

References:
English Grammar -Wren and Martin
English Grammar and Composition -Radhakrishna Pillai
Technical Communication -Meenakshi Sharma & Sangeetha Sharma
A text book of Phonetics for Indian Students -T.B. Balasubramaniyan

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20111AEC32 ENGLISH-III 4 0 0 2

Aim:
 To acquaint students with learning English through literature

56
Objective:
 To sensitize students to language use through prescribed text
 To develop the conversational skills through one act plays
Outcome:
 Read and comprehend literature

UNIT – 1
The Doctor’s World - R.K. Narayan
The Postmaster - Rabindranath Tagore
Princess September - E.Somerest Maugham

UNIT – II
The Price of Flowers -Prabhat Kumar Mukhopadhyay
The Open Window -Saki
The Model Millionaire -Oscar Wilde

UNIT –III
My Brother My Brother - Norah Burke
Uneasy Home Coming - Will F. Jenkins
Resignation - Premchand

UNIT –IV
The Referee -W.H. Andrews & Geoffrey Dreamer
The Case of the Stolen Diamonds -Farrell Mitchell

UNIT – V
The Dear Departed -Stanley Houghton
The Princess and the Wood Cutter -Alan Alexander Milne

References:-
Nine Short Stories -Steuart H.King Blackie Books
One-Act plays of Today -T.Prabhakar Emerald Publishers

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160SEC33 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING 2 3 0 5

AIM: To help students understand the nature and scope of management accounting. Gain

57
knowledge in the preparation of financial statement analysis, fund flow and Cash flow analysis.
Utilize the management tools and techniques to take appropriate financial decisions.
Pre requisite: The Learner Should have Elementary knowledge about financial accounting
reports and statements.

UNIT – I
Management accounting – Meaning, Objectives, Nature and Scope of Management accounting –
Utility and limitations of management accounting.

UNIT – II
Financial Statement Analysis – Comparative Statements – Common Size Statements Ratio
Analysis – significance, Uses and limitations – Computation of various ratio – Profitability,
Liquidity, Solvency and Turnover ratio.

UNIT – III
Fund flow analysis – concept of funds – sources and uses of funds –managerial uses of fund flow
analysis - construction of fund flow statement.

UNIT – IV
Cash flow analysis – Distinct of Cash flow from fund flow - utility of Cash flow statement –
Construction of Cash flow statement.

UNIT – V
Marginal Costing: Meaning, Features, Advantages, Limitations, Absorption costing Cost –
Volume – Profit Analysis: Contribution, Break even analysis, Profit Volume Ratio, Margin of
safety
References:
 Management Accounting – S.N. MAHESWARI, Sultan Chand & Sons.
 Manmohan and SN. Gopal - Principle of Management Accounting
 Guthmann H. G. Analysis of Financial Statements, New Delhi.
 Anthony R. N. Management Accounting – Text and Cases.

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160SEC34 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 5 0 0 5

AIM: To expose students to marketing concepts and trends in the market. To promote the ability to
relate consumer behaviour and market trends. To make students realize the relationship between
marketing channels and corresponding strategies.

58
Pre Requisite: The learner should have elementary knowledge about market and marketing
concepts.

UNIT - I Market and Marketing: Distinction between marketing and selling - Types of market –
Concepts – Functions - Marketing management – Objectives – Importance - Marketing
Environment - Marketing Information System.

UNIT - II Market Segmentation: Criteria of effective segmentation – Benefits – Bases for market
segmentation - Factors influencing consumer behavior – Buyer motives – Buying process.

UNIT - III Marketing Mix - Product planning and development – Productmix decisions – New
product development – Product life cycle and strategies - Pricing – Meaning – Influencing factors –
Objectives – Pricing methods.

UNIT - IV Marketing channels -Need and importance – Classification – Types of Intermediaries –


Wholesalers – Functions – Retailers – Functions - Physical distribution – Elements of physical
distribution (logistics)

UNIT - V Promotion mix - Personal selling –Process - Advertising – Objectives – Types - Sales
promotion – Objectives – Sales promotion methods, publicity and public relations.

TEXT BOOK:
1. Ramaswamy and Namakumari, Marketing Management 3/e Revised MacMillan I Ltd

References:
1. Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, Prentice Hall of India.
2. Philip Kotler and Armstrong, Marketing Management
3. Saxena, Marketing Management, Tata McGraw Hill Pub
4. Pillai &Bhagavathi, Modern Marketing
5. Sherlekar, Marketing Management
6. Varshney RL and Gupta SL, Marketing Management

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160AEC35 BUSINESS LAW 4 0 0 4
OBJECTIVES:
 To enlighten the students on the basic principles and legal aspects of business laws.

59
 To promote the understanding of various legislations relating to business.
 To make them acquire knowledge on the legal aspects in the business environment.

Prerequisite
Students must have knowledge of Basic business legislations and concepts
UNIT – I
Contract Act – Definition, Classification – Essentials of a Contract – Offer and Acceptance –
Consideration – Contractual Capacity – Free Consent – Legality of Object.
UNIT - II
Performance of Contract – Modes of Discharge of Contract – Remedies for Breach of Contract.
UNIT - III
Law of Agency – Mode of creation - Agency by Ratification – Sub-Agent and Substituted
Agent-Termination of Agency.
UNIT - IV
Sale of Goods Act – Definition – Conditions and Warranties – Transfer of Property –
Performance of Contract of Sale – Rights of an Unpaid Seller.
UNIT - V
Partnership – Definition - Essentials - Rights, duties and Liabilities of partners -Types of
partnership - Dissolution of partnership.
References:
1.Elements of Mercantile Law - N.D. KAPOOR.
2. Principles of Mercantile Law – B.N. TANDON.
3. Mercantile Law – DAVAR.
4. Business Law – PILLAI & BHAGAVATHI.
5. Mercantile Law – M.C.SHUKLA.

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160AEC36 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 4 0 0 4

AIM: To support programs for improving organizational effectiveness by developing policies in


such areas a knowledge management, talent management and generally creating a great place to

60
work.

OBJECTIVE: To provide knowledge about management issues related to staffing, training,


performance, compensation, human factors consideration and compliance with human resource
requirements.

UNIT I
Human Resource Management - Introduction and Importance - Evolution – objectives of Human
resource management – role of Human resource management - Human resource policies.

UNIT II
Objectives - Importance of HRP- process of HRP – Job analysis-Job Description - Job
Specification - Recruitment- Sources of Recruitment - Selection process – Retention of
Employees

UNIT III
Training and Development - Training Process - Methods of Training - Need - Evaluation of
Training programmes – Concept of Performance appraisal - methods of Performance Appraisal-
Rating Errors - Grievances – causes and its functions – Career Planning- career management.

UNIT IV
Concepts and Components - Compensation plans – Rewards – Motivation – Theories of
motivation – Employee Welfare - Kinds of Retirement.

UNIT V Factors influencing industrial relations - State Interventions and Legal Framework -
Role of Trade unions - Collective Bargaining - Workers' participation in management- time
management.

References:
1. Decenzo & Robbins, Personnel / Human Resource Management, 3rd ed., John Wiley &
Sons (Pvt.) Ltd.
2. Personnel Management – C.B Mamoria.
3. Human Resources Management – Ashwathappa.

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160RMC37 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 3 0 0 3

AIM: To create a basic appreciation towards research process and awareness of various research

61
publication

OBJECTIVES:
 To understand the steps in research process and the suitable methods.
 To identify various research communications and their salient features
 To carry out basic literature survey using the common data-bases

OUTCOME: Ability to carry out independent literature survey corresponding to the specific
publication type and assess basic computational frameworks used in mathematical researches.

PREREQUISITES: Basic computer skills for working in window-environment & Conceptual


Knowledge on basic matrices

UNIT I
Research in Management: An Introduction – Definition, meaning and nature – Scope and objects
of Research. Types of Research
UNIT II
Research Design – Defining Research Problem and Formulation of Hypothesis – Experimental
Designs.-Sampling and types of sampling
UNIT III
Research Process – Steps in the process of Research, Data Collection and Measurement: Sources
of Secondary data – Methods of Primary data collection – Questionnaire construction.
UNIT IV
Data presentation and Analysis – Data Processing – Methods of Statistical analysis and
interpretation of Data – Testing of Hypothesis and theory of inference- correlation and regression
analysis,
UNIT V
Report writing and presentation –steps in Report writing - types of reports – Formats of Reports
– Presentation of a Report.

References:
1. C.R.Kothari: Research Methodology, Wiley Eastern Ltd, New Delhi
2. P.Saravanavel, Research Methodology, Kitab Mahal, Allahabad.
3.O.R. Krishnaswami : Methodology of Research in Social Science
4. D.Amarchend : Research Methods in Commerce

62
SEMESTER IV

jkpo;
ghlj;jpl;lk;
,sq;fiy : gUtk; ehd;F-20110AEC41
jhs; - IV
nra;As;- rq;f ,yf;fpak;> ,yf;fzk;>,yf;fpa tuyhW-kdg;ghlg; gFjp

63
fw;wypd; gad;fs; :

1 rq;f ,yf;fpaj;jpd; njhd;ikr; rpwg;ig mwpjy;.

2 cs;Siw> ,iwr;rptopg; Gyg;gLk; rq;f mf ,yf;fpar; rpwg;Gfis mwpjy;.

3 mfg;Gw ,yf;fpaq;fs; czHj;Jk; gz;ghl;Lg; gjpTfis mwpjy;.

4. rq;f ,yf;fpar; r%ftpaiy mwpjy;.

fw;wypd; tpisTfs;:

1. tho;tpay; newpKiwfspd; Kf;fpaj;Jtj;ijg; ngw KbAk;.

2. r%ftpay; mZFKiwf;F top tFf;Fk;.

3. cstpay; Ma;Tf;F mbNfhYk;.

4. mDgtKs;sth;fspd; mwpTiufs; tho;f;ifiar; nrk;ikg;gLj;j cjTk; vd;gij


mwpa KbAk;.
5. rq;f ,yf;fpak; fw;Fk; Mh;tj;ij Vw;gLj;Jk;.

6. cah;fy;tpf;Fr; nry;y Ntz;Lnkd;w Mh;tk; Vw;gLk;.

7. rq;f ,yf;fpaj;ij MuhAk; kdg;ghd;ikia cUthf;Fk;.

myF-I
vl;Lj;njhif
ew;wpid – FwpQ;rp 356>Ky;iy-242> ghiy-397
FWe;njhif-2>18>25>58>67>69>135>167>283>373
Iq;FWEhW- rpWntz; fhf;ifg; gj;J

myF-II
fypj;njhif-ghiy 34>FwpQ;rp-51>nea;jy;-133
mfehDhW - 36>147>332
GwehDhW- 34>173>189>235>279

myF-III
Ky;iyg;ghl;L
jpUf;Fws;-Ie;J mjpfhuk;- mwk; 2>nghUs; 2>,d;gk; -1
thd;rpwg;G>mOf;fhwhik>,iwkhl;rp>$lhel;G>fhjw;rpwg;Giuj;jy;

myF-IV
,yf;fzk;
mzp
kdg;ghlg;gFjp

myF-V
,yf;fpa tuyhW
vl;Lj;njhif

64
gj;Jg;ghl;L
mw,yf;fpaq;fs;

jhs; - IV
xg;gilT kjpg;ngz;-40
ghlj;njhlh;Gila fl;Liu 20 kjpg;ngz;
ghujpahh;> ghujpjhrd; Gjpa Mj;jpr;#b 20 kjpg;ngz;
ghujpahh;
mr;rk; jtph;>Mz;ik jtNwy;>,isj;jy; ,fo;r;rp>clypid cWjp nra;>vz;ZtJ cah;T>VWNghy;
el>Ik;nghwp Ml;rp nfhs;>xw;Wik typikahk;>fhyk; mopNay;>fPNohUf;F mQ;Nry;>Fd;nwd
epkph;e;J epy;>nfhLikia vjph;j;J epy;> rpijah neQ;R nfhs;>nra;tJ Jzpe;J nra;> jPNahUf;F
mQ;Nry;>nghpjpDk; nghpJ Nfs;>itaj;jiyik nfhs;>ahiuAk; kjpj;J tho;
ghujpjhrd;
fhw;wpidj; Jha;ik nra;>Fw;w epidT jPh;>jisapidf; fise;J tho; Jha ePuhL> njUnty;yhk; kuk;
tsh;>ijf;f ,dpJiu>njhd;ik khw;W>epiitpdpy; njspT nfhs;> ePdpyk; cd; ,y;yk;>Nghh;j;
njhopy; goF>khWtJ ,aw;if> itak; tho tho;.
(Nkw;;fz;l jiyg;Gfspy; VNjDk; xd;wDf;F ftpij( kuG my;yJ GJf;ftpij) fij>fl;Liu>ehlfk; vOjp tur;
nra;J rhpg;ghh;j;J kjpg;ngz; toq;fplTk;)

65
Course Code Course Title L T P C
20111SEC41 ADVANCED ENGLISH-IV 4 0 0 2

Aim:
 To improve the knowledge of English
Objective:
 To familiarize with the objectives and types of interview
 To know the types of questions and answering techniques
 To prepare reviews and proposals
 To learn the grammatical forms
 To understand the meaning of a poem and write the content
 To write for and against a topic
 To draw a flowchart
 To write definitions
Outcome:
 Develop communicative skill
 Read and comprehend literature

UNIT –I
Interviews Objectives, types, ten success factors, ten failure factors - Planning and preparation –
Presentation– Type of questions – Answering techniques.

UNIT – II
Flowchart
Proposals

UNIT – III
Discourse markers
Review

UNIT IV
Grammatical forms
Paraphrasing

UNIT –V
Definition
Writing for and against a topic.

References:

66
English Grammar -Wren and Martin
English Grammar and Composition -Radhakrishna Pillai
Essentials of Business Communication -Rajendra Pal &J.S Korlahalli Sultan Chand & Sons
Technical Communication -Meenakshi Sharma & Sangeetha Sharma
English for writers and translators -Robin Macpherson
English Work Book-I&II -Jewelcy Jawahar

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20111AEC42 ENGLISH-IV 4 0 0 2

Aim:
 To acquaint students with learning English through literature
Objective:
 To introduce learners to the standard literary texts
 To impart wisdom through morally sound poems and essays
 To introduce Shakespeare to non-literature students
Outcome:
 Read and comprehend literature

UNIT –I
How to be a Doctor -Stephen Leacock
My Visions for India -A.P.J. Abdul Kalam
Woman, not the weaker sex -M.K. Gandhi

UNIT –II
My Last Duchess -Robert Browning
The Toys -Coventry Patmore
I, too -Langston Hughes

UNIT –III
The Best Investment I ever made-A.J.Cronin
The Verger -W.S Maugham
A Willing Slave -R.K.Narayan

UNIT –IV
Macbeth
As You Like It

UNIT –V
Henry IV
Tempest

References:
English for Enrichment -.Devaraj Emerald Publishers
Selected Scenes from Shakespeare Book I &II -Emerald Publishers

67
Course Code Course Title L T P C
20160SEC43 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 5 0 0 5

OBJECTIVE: To learn the quality philosophies and tools in the managerial perspective.
UNIT I
Quality – vision, mission and policy statements. Customer Focus – customer perception of
quality, Translating needs into requirements, customer retention. Dimensions of product and
service quality - Cost of quality.

UNIT II
Overview of the contributions of Deming, Juran Crosby, Taguchi techniques – Introduction to
loss function. Concepts of Quality circle, Japanese 5S principles and 8D methodology

UNIT III
Meaning and significance of statistical process control (SPC) – construction of control charts for
variables and attributed. – Six sigma - concepts of process capability. Total productive
maintenance (TMP). Business process Improvement (BPI) – principles, applications,
reengineering process, benefits and limitations.

UNIT IV
Quality functions development (QFD) – Benefits, Voice of customer, House of quality (HOQ),
QFD process. Failure mode effect analysis (FMEA) –FMEA stages, Process and documentation.
Seven Tools (old & new) - Bench marking.

UNIT V
Introduction to IS/ISO 9004:2000 – quality management systems – guidelines for performance
improvements. Quality Audits. TQM culture – quality council, motivation, recognition and
reward. TQM framework, benefits, awareness and obstacles.

References:
 Douglas C. Montgomory, Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, Wiley Student
Edition, 4 th Edition, Wiley India Pvt Limited, 2008.
 Poornima M.Charantimath, Total Quality Management, Pearson Education, First Indian
Reprint 2003.
 Indian standard – quality management systems – Guidelines for performance
improvement (Fifth Revision), Bureau of Indian standards, New Delhi.

68
Course Code Course Title L T P C
20160SEC44 COST ACCOUNTING 2 3 0 5

UNIT – I

Meaning and scope of cost account – Relationship of cost accounting and Financial account –
cost analysis – concept and classification – element of cost method – preparation of cost sheet,
tender and quotation.

UNIT – II

Purchasing of material - Procedure and documentation involved in purchasing – requisition for


store – maximum stock level maximum level reorder level economic ordering quantity perpetual
inventory – Bin card – ABC Analysis control over wages – scarp and spoilage. Inventory
records method of valuing material.

UNIT – III

Overhead – Classification of overhead – allocation and absorption of overhead.

UNIT – IV

Process costing – Losses – normal process loss – abnormal loss – abnormal gain – Job casting –
contract costing.

UNIT – V

Reconciliation of costs and Financial accounts –Budgetary control.

References:
Advance Cost Accounting – Jain and Narange – Kalyani Publishing.

69
Course Code Course Title L T P C
20160AEC45 RETAIL MANAGEMENT 4 0 0 4

Objectives: To gain in-depth knowledge about Retail management practices in Retail Industry.
Prerequisite: Students should have mindset of setting Retail outlets. Students must have
knowledge on basic retailing concepts
Unit I:
Introduction to Retailing: Concept of Retailing-Functions of Retailing-Terms and Definition of
Retailing-Retailing Channels- Importance of Retailing-Retail industry in India
Unit II:
Understanding the Retail consumer: Retail consumer Behaviour-Factors influencing retail
consumer-Customer decision making Process-Types of Decision Making.
Unit III:
Retail Location Selection: Retail Location-Importance- Types-Factors determining the location
of retail outlets-Steps involved in choosing the retail locations
Unit IV:
Retail Space Management and Marketing: Retail Space Management-Store layout and design-
Visual Merchandising-Promotions strategy-Relationship Marketing Strategies-CRM-POP
displays
Unit V:
Emerging Trends in Retailing: Application of IT to Retailing-Retail Equity-Technology in
Retailing-Retailing through the Internet
References:
 Sivakumar, Retail Marketing, Excel Books, First Edition, 2007.
 Ramakrishnan and Y.R.Srinivasan, Indian Retailing Text and cases, Oxford University
Press,2008.
 Swapna Pradhan, Retail Management -Text and Cases, Tata McGraw Hill, 3 rd Edition,
2009.
 Dunne, Retailing, Cengage Learning, 2nd Edition, 2008
 Ramkrishnan and Y.R.Srinivasan, Indian Retailing Text and Cases, Oxford University Press,
2008
 Dr.Jaspreet Kaur , Customer Relationship Management, Kogent solution.

70
Course Code Course Title L T P C
20160AEC46 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS AND LABOUR LAWS 4 0 0 4

UNIT – I

Industrial Relations – Concept – Definition – Significance – Objectives – Scope – Approaches –


Principles of good Industrial Relations – Role of state Employers and Unions – Labour and the
constitution – Constitutional Framework.

UNIT – II

International Labour Movement – International Confederation of Free Trade Unions (ICFTU) –


ILO – Origin, history, Objectives and Functions.

UNIT - III

Industrial Disputes – Meaning – Causes – Forms – Machinery – Joint Consultation – Works


Committee – Conciliations – Employee Discipline – Grievance Handling workers participation
in Management Collective Bargaining – Wage Administration – Wage Regulation Machinery.

UNIT – IV

Factories Act, 2048 – Objects – Provisions relating to health, Workers Compensation Act, 2023
– Objects – Employer’s Liability for compensation – Employee’s state Insurance Act, 2048 –
Objects – Registration of Factories and establishments – The ESI corporation – Standing
Committee – Offences and penalties – Miscellaneous Provisions.

UNIT – V

Industrial Disputes Act 2047 – Objects – Authorities for settlement – Lockouts – Lay-Off –
Strikes – Retrenchment – Transfer and Closure – Trade Union Act, 2026 – Objects –

71
Registration – Rights and Liabilities of Registered Trade Unions – Procedure – Penalties.

References:

 Kapoor N.D. – Industrial Laws

 Shukla M.C. – Industrial Laws

Course Code Course Title L T P C


201ENVTSTU ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 1 0 0 1

UNIT – I:
The Multidisciplinary Nature of Environmental Studies
UNIT – II:
Natural Resources: Renewable and Non-Renewable Resources
UNIT – III:
Ecosystems
UNIT – IV:
Biodiversity and its Conservation
UNIT – V:
Environmental Pollution
UNIT – VI:
Social Issues and the Environment
UNIT – VII:
Human Population and the Environment
UNIT – VIII:
Fieldwork
References:
Environmental Studies – K.Kumaraswamy, A.Alagappa Moses, M.Vasanthy
(Bharathidasan University – Tiruchirappalli)

72
SEMESTER V

73
Course Code Course Title L T P C
20160SEC51 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 4 1 0 5

UNIT – I
Concept of Finance, Corporate Finance, Finance Functions and other functions. Structures of
the Financial System. Financial Management – Meaning, functions and Objectives of Financial
Management- Financial Planning and Forecasting of short term and long term

.UNIT – II
Financing Decision Sources of funds - Capital Structure - Theories of capital structure -
Factors affecting capital structure - Leverage - Operating, Financial and combined leverage -
Cost of capital - Costs of individual components of capital - Weighted Average cost of capital.

UNIT – III
Investment Decision Capital Budgeting Process - Techniques of investment appraisal: Payback
period; Accounting Rate of Return - DCF Techniques - Net present value, Profitability Index and
Internal Rate of Return

UNIT – IV
Working Capital Decision Meaning - Nature of working capital - Classification and
significance of working capital - financing of Working capital - Component of working capital,
Cash, Short-term marketable securities - Management of Cash and Receivables

UNIT – V
Dividend Decision Theories of Dividend - Determinants of dividend - Dividend Policy -
Dividend policies in practice

References:
 M.Y. Khan and P.K.Jain Financial management, Text, Problems and cases Tata
McGraw Hill, 6th edition, 2011.
 2. M. Pandey Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 10th edition,
2012.
 REFERENCES
 Prasanna Chandra, Financial Management, 9th edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.

74
Course Code Course Title L T P C
20160SEC52 SERVICES MARKETING 5 0 0 5

OBJECTIVES: To enable students know the various concepts of services marketing. To


understand the strategies for managing and marketing of services and devise strategies for
marketing services in the liberalized business environment.
Prerequisites: Students must have basic Marketing Knowledge and Mindset. Students should
have skill of service attitude
UNIT – I
Introduction – Definition – Distinguishing feature of service – Service offer – Service encounter
– Service buying process.
UNIT – II
Relationship marketing and customer loyalty – Managing knowledge – Service positioning and
Targeting – Service quality.
UNIT – III
Marketing plans for services – Marketing planning process – Marketing strategy formulation –
Resource allocation and monitoring – Marketing planning and services – customer focused
services – service quality – Improving service quality – customer retention.
UNIT – IV
Pricing of service – promoting service – Internal Marketing – Managing – capacity – Managing
the marketing effort – Marketing process - Position analysis.
UNIT – V
Marketing of services – Bank – Marketing – Insurance Marketing – Hospital Marketing –
Telecommunication services – Education – Marketing.

References:
 Principles of Service Marketing – Adrian Palmar (Mcgrow Hill International)
 Marketing of service Strategies for growth – S.S.Vernekar, Sandeep Goel, B.P

75
Bhardwaj ( Deep and Deep Publication)
 Advtan payne, Services Marketing Ravisshankar, Services Marketing
 Chiristropher H.Lovelock and Jochen Wirtz, Services Marketing, Pearson Education,
New Delhi, 7th edition, 2011.
 Hoffman, Marketing of Services, Cengage Learning, 1st Edition, 2008.

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160SEC53 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 5 0 0 5

OBJECTIVES: To enable students understand the nature and importance of production


management comprehend the principles and areas of application of shop floor management and
know the operations and skills needed for major decisions in material management.

Prerequisite: Students must have interest and Knowledge of Production and sequence of
operations. Students those who are having Industrial Knowledge

UNIT – I
Definition of production managements – Scope of production Managements – Functions and
Responsibilities of production manager – Evolution of production management.

UNIT – II
Production planning and Control: Definition of planning – scope of planning – Production
planning of control (PPC). Importance methods or Types of production – Continuous production
systems (CPS) – Intermittent production system (IPS)

UNIT – III
Plant Location: Definition of Plant location, Steps, Factors affecting the location of a plant –
various factors involved in the location

UNIT – IV
Plant Layout: Definition Plant Layout, Objective of plant layout – Types, Principles, Factors
influencing plant layout.

UNIT – V
Material Handing: Definition of material handling – Importance – Objective – Principles – Types
of material handling – Inventory control – Factor affecting inventory control

References:
 Operational Management – C. S. V. Murthy (Himalaya Publishing House

76
 Production and Operations Management – B.S. GOYEL.
 Production and Operations Management – PANNERSELVAM, Prentice Hall of India
 Material Management – M.M. VARMA.
 Production Management –Saravanavel sumathi

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160SEC54 GLOBAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 5 0 0 5

OBJECTIVES:
To make students
 Understand the fundamental concepts of international trade
 Comprehend basic principles of t of MNCs and
 Acquire broad knowledge on Global Liberalization and WTO Agreements.

UNIT– I
International Business: An overview – Types of International Business–Domestic and
International Business – Economic and Political Environment - Cultural Environment - Recent
World Trade and Foreign Investment Trends.

UNIT - II
Indian Export Performance – Problems in export trade – Export promotion in India – Export
promotion incentives – EPZ & FTZ – 100% EOU – Export Houses – Star Export Houses -
Trading Houses – Star Trading Houses – Super Star Trading Houses.

UNIT - III
GATT – Uruguay Round Negotiation - WTO – GATS – TRIMS - TRIPS – Agreement - Dispute
settlement under WTO – Tariff Barriers.

UNIT – IV
MNC - Meaning – Dominance of MNCs – MNCs and International Trade - Models – MNCs in
India.

UNIT – V
Globalization of Business – Recent Trends - Implication and Impact – Policy Options -
Liberalization and Integration with the Global Economy – Impact of Privatization in India.

References:
1. Francis Cherunilam: ‘International Business’ (EEE), PHI – New Delhi – 2004
2. (Chapters 5,9,20,24 & 26)

77
3. International Business – By Rakesh Mohan Joshi, Oxford University Press, Chennai.
4. Victor Luis Anthuvan – Issues in Globalization.
5. International Business – By Donald A Ball and others, India Edition, TATA McGraw Hill.
6. International Business – S. Shajahan, Macmillan India Ltd., Chennai.
7. International Business – Justin Paul, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160DSE54A ADVERTISING AND SALESMANSHIP 3 0 0 3

Objective: To improve the knowledge and competency of advertising and to have the knowledge
of salesmanship

Prerequisite: Students must have knowledge of Marketing and sales process

UNIT – I

Advertising: Advertising and salesmanship – role of importance – Planning for advertisement


communication process – Formal and Informal.

UNIT – II

AIDA’s formulas - Advertising scope and function – need for Advertising classification –
Advertisement planning and organization ethical issue in advertising.

UNIT – III

Advertising media – Role of Media – Types of Media – Merits and Demerits – Media research
Evaluation and effectiveness of advertising.

UNIT – IV

The Advertising Budget - Advertising Agencies – Advertisement copy – Kinds - Advertising


mix.

UNIT – V

Selling as a career-History of selling-Characteristics of a good salesman and sales

References:

78
 Advertising Principles problems and Cases – Charles. J. Dirkson.
 Advertising management Concept – Manendra Mohan
 Salesmanship-Sathyanarayanan
 Salesmanship and Publicity-J.S.K.Patel

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160DSE54B INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3
Objective:
 To enable the students to acquire knowledge of Investment management
 On successful completion of this course, the students should have understood
 Investment avenues Security analysis

UNIT I
Concept of investment - importance. Features of Investment, Speculation - Forms of investment -
Bank deposits, Post office schemes, Government Securities, Mutual fund schemes, Provident
funds, Company deposits - Real estate, Gold & silver.

UNIT II
Investment Instruments-Capital market instruments, Money market instruments, Derivatives-
Futures & Options. Shares –types &features. Debentures - nature & types.
Primary market - Role of NIM, methods of floating new issues.

UNIT 111
Secondary market-functions, Bombay Stock Exchange, National Stock Exchange – trading
practices, security market indicators. Return - Risk – kinds. Role of SEBI.

UNIT IV
Security analysis- Fundamental analysis: economic, industry and company analysis.
Technical Analysis, Dow Theory, types of Charts, important chart patterns.

UNIT V
Efficient Market theory. Random Walk Theory, weak form, semi strong form & strong form.
Portfolio Analysis: Markowitz theory –Portfolio management.

References:
1. Preethi Singh- Investment Management

79
2. Bhalla G.S-. Investment Management
3. Francis Cherunilam- Investment Management
4. Dr. Avadhani-Investment Management

SEMESTER VI
80
Course Code Course Title L T P C
20160SEC61 BUSINESS POLICY AND STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT 5 0 0 5

Objectives: To create an awareness of the importance of strategic approach to managerial


situations and issues in the context of globalization and liberalization trends

UNIT – I

The concept of strategy policy, planning, evolution strategy, philosophy of strategy.

UNIT – II

Strategy Alternatives: SWOT Analysis, Environment analysis – Strategy formulation –


Environmental scanning and Industry Analysis, Social responsibility- Strategy formulation –
Business Strategy - Corporate Strategy Diversion Strategy portfolio Analysis – BCG growth /
Strategy choice – Development of policies.

UNIT – III

Strategy implementation – Organization design, Structure, relationships, Leadership –control


process, performance. Organisational resource analysis, matching opportunities and resources
strategy and values, social responsibilities of managements.

UNIT – IV

Stability strategy – Growth – Retrenchment – Turnaround Strategy – Diversification.

UNIT – V

Mergers and Acquisition – Amalgamation – Joint Venture – ERP – ERP Package.

81
References:

 P. Subba Rao – Himalaya Publishing House.

 V. P. Michael.

 AZHAR KAZMI – Tata McGraw - Hill

 K - Balasubramaniyam, S. Usha Priya – GIGO Publication.

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160SEC62 ENTREPRENEURIAL DEVELOPMENT 5 0 0 5

AIM: To develop and strengthen entrepreneurial quality and motivation in students and to
impart basic entrepreneurial skills and understanding to run a business efficiently and effectively.

UNIT I
ENTREPRENEURSHIP Entrepreneur – Types of Entrepreneurs – Difference between
Entrepreneur and Intrapreneur Entrepreneurship in Economic Growth, Factors Affecting
Entrepreneurial Growth.

UNIT II
ENTREPRENEURAL ENVIRONMENT Business Environment - Role of Family and Society
- Entrepreneurship Development Training and Other Support Organisational Services - Central
and State Government Industrial Policies and Regulations - International Business.

UNIT III
BUSINESS PLAN PREPARATION Sources of Product for Business - Prefeasibility Study -
Criteria for Selection of Product - Ownership - Feasibility Report Preparation and Evaluation
Criteria.

UNIT IV
FINANCING AND ACCOUNTING Need – Sources of Finance, Term Loans, Capital Structure,
Financial Institution, Management of working Capital, Costing, Break Even Analysis, Taxation –
Income Tax, Excise Duty – Sales Tax.

UNIT V
SUPPORT TO ENTREPRENEURS Sickness in small Business – Concept, Magnitude, Causes
and Consequences, Corrective Measures – Business Incubators – Government Policy for Small
Scale Enterprises – Growth Strategies in small industry – Expansion, Diversification, Joint
Venture, Merger and Sub Contracting

References:
 Khanka. S.S., “Entrepreneurial Development” S.Chand & Co. Ltd.,Ram Nagar, New
Delhi, 2013.
 Donald F Kuratko, “ Entreprenuership – Theory, Process and Practice”, 9th Edition,

82
Cengage Learning 2014.
 Tendon ,C: Environment and Entrepreneur; Cliugh Publications, Allahabad.
 Siner A David: Entrepreneural Megabuks; John Wiley and Sons, New York.
 Srivastava S. B: A Practical Guide to Industrial Entrepreneurs; Sultan Chand and Sons,
New Delhi.

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160SEC63 LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 5 0 0 5

Objectives: To explain basic theory and techniques of Logistics and Supply Chain and to
examine the issues and problems faced in a changing and competitive Business Environment

Prerequisite: Students should have transportation and operational process knowledge. Students
must have basic documentation in Business.

UNIT I
INTRODUCTION - Defining logistics and supply chain management-Growth and
Development-Components of supply chain- Importance of supply chain strategies-SCM
Performance.

UNIT II
LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT - Logistics-Functions, Objectives-Management of Materials
flow in supply chain-Warehouse and Materials storage-Material Handling-Benchmark in best
practices

UNIT III
CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT - Customer Relationship Management-
outbound logistics resource planning and Management-Quick response system in Manufacturing.

UNIT IV
LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN PERFORMANCE -Management of Inbound logistics-
Supply chain cases, Role of a manager in supply chain –Supply chain performance drivers,
Value of Supply chain and improvement

UNIT V
CURRENT TRENDS - Supply chain relationships – Supply chain cost analysis – Issues in
Global Supply chain- E Logistics-E SCM-Reverse Logistics-Global Logistics

References:
1. Bowersox Donald J. Logistics Management- “The integrated supply Process” Tata Mc graw
hill,2000.
2. R.P.Mohanty and S.G.Deshmukh, “Supply chain Management”,Biztantra,2005
3. Coyle et al., The Management of Business Logistics, Thomson Learning, 7th Edition, 2004.

83
4. Ailawadi C Sathish & Rakesh Singh, Logistics Management, PHI, 2005. 3. Bloomberg David
J et al., Logistics, Prentice Hall India, 2005.
5. Pierre David, International Logistics, Biztantra, 2003.
6. Ronald H. Ballou, Business Logistics and Supply Chain Management, Pearson Education, 5 th
Edition, 2007

Course Code Course Title L T P C


20160DSC64A CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

Objective: To improve and enhance relationship with customer and Business. To inculcate the
habit intimate relationship with target customer

Prerequisite: Students must have the attitude of customer is our business. Students should
think that customer is job provider

Unit I
Introduction to Customer Support Product & Customer – Overview - Importance of a
Customer - Consumer behaviour

Unit II
Customer support Methodology Customer Centric approach - External Layers Vs Internal
Layers - Need of Customer Support Methodologies for Customer Support

Unit III
Introduction to ERP Introduction: ERP-An Overview - Enterprise-An Overview - Benefits of
ERP - ERP and Related Technologies

Unit IV
CRM Basics CRM – Meaning & Definition - Dimensions of CRM - Nature of CRM - Goals of
CRM - Advantages of CRM

Unit V
Implementation of CRM– A comprehensive model - Developing CRM vision and strategy
Management support

References:
1. Balasubramaniyan, K., Essence of Customer Relationship Management, learn Tech press
2. For Sugar-CRM & Microsoft Dynamic CRM - Refer Internet
3. Kaushik Mukerjee – CRM – PHI.
4. M.Peeru Mohamed – CRM - Vikas

84
Course Code Course Title L T P C
20160DSC64B FINANCIA SERVICES 3 0 0 3
UNIT – I
Introduction – Financial Market – Meaning and significance – Functions of Financial services
– Evolution – Regulating Authorities – Features – Constitutions.
UNIT – II
Merchant Banking – Meaning – Registration- scope- Functions – Issue Management – Cost of
Public Issues – SEBI guidelines on Merchant Banking
UNIT – III
Mutual Fund – Evolution – Types – Financial Risk – Performance Measures – (Treynor,
Sharpe, Jenson) – Organization – Advantages – Regulatory Aspects – Growth of Mutual
Funds – UTI.
UNIT – IV
Leasing – Evaluation – Classification Accounting Treatment – Regulatory Authority –
Advantages - Hire purchase – Features – Evolution – Sources of Law – Problems in Hire
purchase Industry – Factoring – Meaning – Mechanism – Types – Financial Aspect –
Advantages.
UNIT – V
Stock Markets – History – Organization and Management of Stock – exchanges – N.S.E –
OTCEI – Share Market – indices – Investor protection – Credit Rating.
References:
1. D. Joseph Anbarasu – Financial Services
2. V.K.Boominathan – Financial Services
3. P. Manoharan – Financial Services
4. Gnanarjaj – Financial Services

85
Course Code Course Title L T P C
20114OEC OPEN ELECTIVE : FOOD AND ADULTERATION 4 0 0 2

UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO FOOD CHEMISTRY


Introduction to Food Chemistry- Water (Structure of water and ice, Physical constants of water,
Types of water, Water activity) Composition of Food- Carbohydrates, Proteins, Lipids, Vitamins
& Minerals.

UNIT- II FOOD PIGMENTS


Introduction- classification, types of food pigments- chlorophyll, Carotenoids, Anthocyanins,
Flavanoids.

UNIT – III FOOD PRESERVATION


Introduction - Importance, principle and Types. High and low temperatures preservation -
Pasteurization - Sterilization- Canning- Freezing- Refrigeration.

UNIT – IV FOOD ADDITIVES


introduction- antioxidants, sequestrants, preservatives, nutrient supplement, emulsifiers,
stabilizers and thickening agents, bleaching and maturing agent, sweeteners, humectants and anti
-caking agents, coloring and flavoring substance.

UNIT-V FOOD ADULTERATION


Types of adulterants- intentional and incidental adulterants, methods of detection. Detection of
common food adulterants in Spices, Grains, Coffee, Tea, Oil fats, Food colours and Milk. Health
hazards and risks.

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION


CURRICULUM (2020 ONWARDS)
PRIST SCHOOL OF BUSINESS - PG MBA - REGULATION 2020
Sem Paper
Subject Code Subject Title L T P C
no No
I 1 20260SEC11 Management Concepts 5 0 0 3
I 2 20260SEC12 Organizational Behaviour 5 0 0 3
I 3 20260SEC13 Accounting for Managers 5 0 0 4

86
I 4 20260SEC14 Economics for Managers 5 0 0 3
I 5 20260SEC15 Legal Aspects of Business 5 0 0 3
I 6 20260SEC16 Statistics for Managers 5 0 0 4
I 7 20220SEC01 Managerial Skill Development - Lab 0 0 1 1
I 8 20260RLC18 Research Led Seminar 0 0 0 1
Total 30 0 1 22
II 1 20260SEC21 Financial Management 5 0 0 4
II 2 20260SEC22 Human Resources Management 5 0 0 3
II 3 20260SEC23 Marketing Management 5 0 0 3
II 4 20260SEC24 Production & Operations Management 5 0 0 3
II 5 20260RMC25 Research Methodology 5 0 0 3
II 6 20260SEC26 Strategic Management 5 0 0 3
II 7 Technical, General Aptitude and Skill set Development 0 0 2 2
II 8 20260BRC28 Participation in Bounded Research 0 0 0 2
Total 30 0 1 23
III 1 20260SEC31 International Business Environment 6 0 0 3
III 2 20260SEC32 Operations Research 6 0 0 4
III 3 20260SRC33 Design/Socio-Technical Project 0 0 0 2
III 4 20260E-3- Elective 1 4 0 0 3
III 5 20260E-3- Elective 2 4 0 0 3
III 6 20260E-3- Elective 3 4 0 0 3
III 7 20260E-3- Elective 4 4 0 0 3
III 8 20260E-3- Elective 5 4 0 0 3
Total 30 0 0 24
IV 1 20260SEC41 Entrepreneurial Development 5 0 0 4
IV 2 20260E-4- Elective 6 5 0 0 3
IV 3 20260E-4- Elective 7 5 0 0 3
IV 4 20260PRW44 Project Work 0 0 0 10
IV 5 Interview Skills Training and Mock Test 0 0 0 2
IV 6 20260PEE Programme Exit Exam 0 0 0 2
Total 15 0 0 24
Total Credits
93

III Sem (Marketing)


Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EA33 Consumer Behavior 3
III 2 20260EA34 Integrated Marketing Communication 3
III 3 20260EA35 Brand Management 3
III 4 20260EA36 Retail Management 3
III 5 20260EA37 Sales Management 3
III 6 20260EA38 Services Marketing 3
III 7 20260EA39 Industrial Marketing 3

87
III Sem (Human Resource)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EB33 Knowledge Management 3
Organizational Development & Change
III 2 20260EB34 3
management
III 3 20260EB35 Performance Management 3
III 4 20260EB36 Labour Legislations 3
III 5 20260EB37 Compensation Reward Management 3
III 6 20260EB38 Cross Culture Management 3
III 7 20260EB39 Conflict and Negotiation Management 3
III Sem (Finance)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
Security Analysis and Portfolio
III 1 20260EC33 3
Management
III 2 20260EC34 Derivatives Management 3
III 3 20260EC35 Project Finance 3
III 4 20260EC36 Financial Services and Institutions 3
III 5 20260EC37 International Finance 3
III 6 20260EC38 Insurance and Risk Management 3
III 7 20260EC39 Corporate Finance 3
III Sem (Logistics and Supply chain)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EE33 Purchasing and Procurement Management 3
III 2 20260EE34 Material Management 3
III 3 20260EE35 Inventory Management 3
III 4 20260EE36 Supply Chain Management 3
III 5 20260EE37 Logistics Management 3
III 6 20260EE38 Custom House Practice And Legalities 3
III 7 20260EE39 Export Trade And Documentation 3
III Sem (Hospital Management)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EH33 Management Of Hospital Services 3
III 2 20260EH34 Operations Management In Health Care 3
Marketing Management Of Hospital And
III 3 20260EH35 3
Health Care Services
Community Health and Management of
III 4 20260EH36 3
National Health Programmes
Management of Clinical and Super Specialty 3
III 5 20260EH37
Services in Hospitals 3
III 6 20260EH38 Patient Care Management 3
III 7 20260EH39 Health Related Laws and Ethics 3
III Sem (Productions and Operations)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260ED33 Project Management 3
III 2 20260ED34 Planning and control of operations 3
III 3 20260ED35 Technology Management 3
III 4 20260ED36 Logistics Management 3
III 5 20260ED37 Supply Chain Management 3
III 6 20260ED38 Business Process Reengineering 3
III 7 20260ED39 Material Management 3
III Sem (International Business)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EF33 International Marketing 3
III 2 20260EF34 International Human Resource Management 3

88
III 3 20260EF35 Cross Cultural Management 3
Global Logistics and Supply Chain
III 4 20260EF36 3
Management
International Trade Procedures and
III 5 20260EF37 3
Documentation
III 6 20260EF38 International Strategic Management 3
Global Business Ethics and Corporate
III 7 20260EF39 3
Governance
III Sem (Systems)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EG33 Software Engineering 3
III 2 20260EG34 Software Project Management 3
III 3 20260EG35 Relational Database Management Systems 3
III 4 20260EG36 E- Business Technology Management 3
III 5 20260EG37 Data Warehousing & Data Mining 3
III 6 20260EG38 Knowledge Management 3
III 7 20260EG39 Enterprise Resource Planning 3
III Sem (Tourism)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EI33 Tourism Principles, Policies and Practices 3
III 2 20260EI34 Tourism Products of India 3
III 3 20260EI35 Destination Planning and development 3
III 4 20260EI36 Travel agency and Tour operations 3
III 5 20260EI37 Hospitality Management 3
III 6 20260EI38 Indian culture and Heritage 3
III 7 20260EI39 Tourism Marketing 3
III Sem (Agribusiness)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
III 1 20260EJ33 Agribusiness Environment and Policy 3
III 2 20260EJ34 Agricultural Marketing Management 3
III 3 20260EJ35 Farm Business Management 3
III 4 20260EJ36 Management of Agribusiness Cooperatives 3
III 5 20260EJ37 Food Retail Management 3
Management of Agricultural Input
III 6 20260EJ38 3
Marketing
III 7 20260EJ39 Agri Supply Chain Management 3
IV Sem (Marketing)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
IV 1 20260EA42 Customer Relationship Management 3
IV 2 20260EA43 International Marketing 3
IV 3 20260EA44 Rural Marketing 3
IV Sem (Human Resource)
Sem Paper no Subject code Sub title Credit
IV 1 20260EB42 Industrial Relation 3
IV 2 20260EB43 Training & Development 3
IV 3 20260EB44 Talent Management 3
IV Sem(Finance)
Subject
Sem Paper no Sub title Credit
code
IV 1 20260EC42 Micro Finance 3
IV 2 20260EC43 Strategic Financial Management 3
IV 3 20260EC44 Merchant Banking and Financial Services 3
IV Sem (Logistics and Supply chain)
Sem Paper no Subject Sub title Credit

89
code
IV 1 20260EE42 Quality Management 3
IV 2 20260EE43 Air Cargo Logistics Management 3
IV 3 20260EE44 Shipping And Ocean Freight Logistics Management 3
IV Sem (Hospital Management)
Subject
Sem Paper no Sub title Credit
code
IV 1 20260EH42 Medical Tourism 3
Hospital Architecture, Planning, Design and
IV 2 20260EH43 3
Maintenance
IV 3 20260EH43 Hospital Waste Management 3
IV Sem (Productions and Operations)
Subject
Sem Paper no Sub title Credit
code
IV 1 20260ED42 Maintenance Management 3
IV 2 20260ED43 Service and Operation Management 3
IV 3 20260ED44 Product Design 3
IV Sem (International Business)
Subject
Sem Paper no Sub title Credit
code
Management Of International Developmental
IV 1 20260EF42 3
Organizations
IV 2 20260EF43 Merger and Acquisitions 3
IV 3 20260EF44 International Financial Management 3
IV Sem (Systems)
Subject
Sem Paper no Sub title Credit
code
IV 1 20260EG42 Information Storage & Management 3
IV 2 20260EG43 Cloud Computing 3
IV 3 20260EG44 Decision Support System And Intelligent Systems 3
IV Sem (Tourism)
Subject
Sem Paper no Sub title Credit
code
IV 1 20260EI42 Ecotourism 3
IV 2 20260EI43 Event Management 3
IV 3 20260EI44 E- Tourism 3
IV Sem (Agribusiness)
Subject
Sem Paper no Sub title Credit
code
IV 1 20260EJ42 Agriculture Economics 3
IV 2 20260EJ43 Agricultural and Micro-Finance 3
IV 3 20260EJ44 New Trends and Development in Agri-Sector 3

90
SEMESTER - I

SEM ONE NATURE CORE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260SEC11 4 0 0 3

MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS
COURSE OBJECTIVE: To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of management in order to aid in
understanding how an organization functions, and in understanding the complexity and wide variety of issues
managers face in today’s business firms.
COURSE OUTCOME: Gives exposure to the practice of management in contemporary organizations from a
conceptual, analytical perspective. Create ability to analyze and understand management as well as exploring
and developing their own personal philosophy of management.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT Organization- Management- Role of managers-
Evolution of management thought- Organization and the environmental factors- Managing globally-
Strategies for International business.

91
UNIT II PLANNING Nature and purpose of planning- Planning process- Types of plans- Objectives-
Managing by Objective (MBO) strategies- Types of strategies – Policies – Decision Making- Types of
decision Decision making process- Rational decision making process- Decision making under different
conditions.

UNIT III ORGANISING Nature and purpose of organizing- Organization structure- Formal and informal
groups/ organization- Line and staff authority- Departmentation- Span of control- Centralization and
decentralization- Delegation of authority- Staffing- Selection and Recruitment- Orientation- Career
development- Career stages- Training- Performance appraisal

UNIT IV DIRECTING Managing people- Communication- Hurdles to effective communication-


Organization culture Elements and types of culture- Managing cultural diversity.

UNIT V CONTROLLING Process of controlling- Types of control- Budgetary and non-budgetary control
techniques Managing productivity- Cost control- Purchase control- Maintenance control- Quality control
Planning operations.
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. Andrew J. Dubrin, Essentials of Management, Thomson Southwestern, 9 th edition,2012.
2. Samuel C. Certo and Tervis Certo, Modern management: concepts and skills, Pearson education, 12th
edition, 2012.
3. Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich, Essentials of management: An International & Leadership
Perspective, 9th edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2012.
4. Charles W.L Hill and Steven L McShane, ‘Principles of Management, McGraw Hill Education, Special
Indian Edition, 2007.

SEM ONE NATURE CORE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260SEC12 4 0 0 3

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
COURSE OBJECTIVE: To provide an overview of theories and practices in organizational behavior in
individual, group and organizational level.
COURSE OUTCOME: Students will have a better understanding of human behavior in organization. They
will know the framework for managing individual and group performance.
UNIT I FOCUS AND PURPOSE Definition, need and importance of organizational behaviour – Nature
and scope – Frame work – Organizational behaviour models.

UNIT II INDIVIDUAL BEHAVIOUR Personality – types – Factors influencing personality – Theories –


Learning – Types of learners – The learning process – Learning theories – Organizational behaviour

92
modification. Misbehaviour – Types – Management Intervention. Emotions - Emotional Labour – Emotional
Intelligence – Theories. Attitudes – Characteristics – Components – Formation – Measurement Values.
Perceptions – Importance – Factors influencing perception – Interpersonal perception Impression
Management. Motivation – Importance – Types – Effects on work behavior.

UNIT III GROUP BEHAVIOUR Organization structure – Formation – Groups in organizations –


Influence – Group dynamics – Emergence of informal leaders and working norms – Group decision making
techniques – Team building - Interpersonal relations – Communication – Control.

UNIT IV LEADERSHIP AND POWER Meaning – Importance – Leadership styles – Theories – Leaders
Vs Managers – Sources of power – Power centers – Power and Politics.

UNIT V DYNAMICS OF ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR Organizational culture and climate –


Factors affecting organizational climate – Importance. Job satisfaction – Determinants – Measurements –
Influence on behavior. Organizational change – Importance – Stability Vs Change – Proactive Vs Reaction
change – the change process – Resistance to change – Managing change. Stress – Work Stressors –
Prevention and Management of stress – Balancing work and Life. Organizational development –
Characteristics – objectives –. Organizational effectiveness Developing Gender sensitive workplace
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. Stephen P. Robins, Organisational Behavior, PHI Learning / Pearson Education, 11th edition, 2008.
2. Fred Luthans, Organisational Behavior, McGraw Hill, 11th Edition, 2001.

SEM ONE NATURE CORE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260SEC13 4 0 1 4

ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERS


COURSE OBJECTIVE: To acquaint the students with the fundamental principles of financial, cost &
Management Accounting. Enable the students to take decisions using management accounting tools and to
exposes the students to various concepts and principles of accounting for making efficient decisions.
COURSE OUTCOME: Student would be able to know the accounting systems carried out in an organization
and its utilization for the betterment of an organization through analysis of financial statements and cash flow
analysis. Student would benefit by being able to study, understand and analyse financial statements.
UNIT – I Financial Accounting: Introduction to Financial, Cost and Management Accounting- Generally
accepted accounting principles, Preparation of Journal, Ledger and Trial Balance.

93
UNIT – II Company Accounts: Meaning of Company -Maintenance of Books of Account-Statutory Books
- Preparation of Final Accounts – Provisions relating to preparation of final accounts – Profit and loss
account and Balance sheet
Introduction-types of shares: Issue of Shares at par, Premium and at Discount - Forfeiture and Reissue of
Shares-Rights issue - Recording of transactions relating to issue of shares.
Issue and Redemption of Debentures - Redemption out of profits – sinking fund method / Recording of
transactions relating to issue and redemption of debentures, Underwriting of Issue of Shares (Simple
Problems)

UNIT – III Management Accounting: Analysis of Financial Statements – Ratios , Comparative Statement,
Common Size Balance Sheet, Cash flow Statement, Fund Flow Statement , Trend Analysis.

UNIT – IV Cost Accounting: Cost Accounts - Classification of manufacturing costs - Accounting for
manufacturing costs. Cost Accounting Systems: Job order costing - Process costing- Activity Based
Costing- Costing and the value chain- Target costing- Marginal costing including decision making

UNIT – V Budgeting and Budgetary control: Budgetary Control – Meaning and Concepts - Preparation of
Various Budgets, Variance Analysis – Material, Labour and Overhead.
TEXT/ REFERENCES
M.Y.Khan & P.K.Jain, Management Accounting, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.
R.Narayanaswamy, Financial Accounting – A managerial perspective, PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2008.

SEM ONE NATURE CORE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260SEC14 4 0 0 3

ECONOMICS FOR MANAGERS


COURSE OBJECTIVE: To make the students aware of the various economic theories and principles - To
equip them with the required tools and techniques for improving their decisionmaking skills.
COURSE OUTCOME: The student must have micro and macro-economic perspective to understand the
under pinning of management.

94
UNIT – I Nature and scope of Managerial Economics- Managerial Economics and other disciplines – Basic
concepts, Tools and Techniques of analysis–The Role of Managerial Economists – Analysis of Demand and
Supply.

UNIT – II Theory Production Functions - Laws of Production – Economies of scale – Cost Concepts - Cost-
Output Relationship–Revenue Analysis - Objectives of the firm – Break even analysis – Uses

UNIT – III Market Morphology – Monopolistic Competition – Features – Product Differentiation – Sources
of Product differentiation – Equilibrium output and price determination of a firm – Selling cost Vs
Production cost – Oligopoly – Features – kinked demand curve – Behavior of oligopolistic market – Price
leadership, Price Wars, collusion, cartel and market share.

UNIT – IV Pricing Policies – Objectives - Pricing Methods

UNIT – V Market Economy – Market mechanism – Government and Market Economy – Failures of Market
Mechanism - Need for Government intervention - Cases of state intervention- role of Government – Tools of
Intervention – Fiscal and Monetary policy – Redefining the role of Government in a mixed economy –
Knowledge Based economy – Features of K- Economy.

TEXT/ REFERENCES

1. Varsheney.R.L., and Maheswari, K.L., Managerial Economics., Sultan Chand & Sons.
2. D.M Mithani., Managerial Economics – Theory and Applications, Edition 2014, Himalaya Publishing
House.
3. Gupta G.S., Managerial Economics, Tata McGraw Hill.
4. Riggs, J.L., Managerial Economics, McGraw Hill.
5. Peterson, HC and W.C.Lewis, Managerial Economics, Prentice- Hall of India.
6. Datt & Sundharam “Indian Economy”, Gaurav Dutt & Ashwini Mahajan., 71st Edition S Chand

SEM ONE NATURE CORE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260SEC15 4 0 0 3

LEGAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS


COURSE OBJECTIVE: To create the knowledge of Legal perspective and its practices to improvise the
business.
COURSE OUTCOME: Legal insight will be established in the business practices according to the situation of
changing environment.
UNIT - I: The Contract Act, 1871 Nature and classification of contracts - Essential elements of a valid

95
contract - Offer and Acceptance - Consideration - Capacities of Parties - Provisions relating to free consent,
void agreements - Provisions relating to performance and discharge of contract - Breach of contract -
Meaning and remedies.

UNIT - II: Contract Act, 1872 Contracts of Indemnity - Meaning, nature - Right of Indemnity Holder and
Indemnifier- Contracts of Guarantee - Meaning, Nature and Features - Types of Guarantee - Provisions
relating to various types of Guarantee - Agency - Agent and Principal - Creation of Agency - Classification
of Agents- Relationship between Principal and Agent - Rights, Duties and Liabilities of Agent and Principal
– Termination of Agency

UNIT - III: Sales of Goods Act, 1930 Contract for Sale of Goods - Meaning - Essentials of a Contract of
Sale - Formalities of a Contract of sale - Provisions relating to conditions and Warranties - Provisions
relating to performance of Contract of Sale - Rights of Unpaid -Seller – Rules as to delivery of goods -
Patents Act ; Conceptual understanding of patents, copyrights, trademarks and designs

UNIT - IV: The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 Negotiable Instruments - Meaning, Characteristics,
Types, Parties – Holder and holder in Due Course - Negotiation and Types of Endorsements - Dishonour of
Negotiable Instrument - Noting and Protest -Liability of parties on Negotiable Instrument.

UNIT - V: The Companies Act, 1956 and The Information Technology Act, 2000 Company - Definition,
Meaning, Features and Types of companies - Incorporation of a company - Memorandum of Association,
Articles of Association and Prospectus- the information technology act, 2000; Digital Signature - Digital
Signature Certificate- Electronic Governance - Electronic Records - Certifying Authorities -Penalty &
Adjudication
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. Elements of Mercantile Law – N.D.Kapoor.
2. Mercantile Law – Maheswari & Maheswari.
3. Mercantile Law – S.M. Shukla.
4. Pathak and Akhileshwar, “Legal Aspects for Business”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw –Hill Publishing
Company Ltd, 2007.
5. Tulsian, “Business law”, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw -Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 2000.
6. Goel, “Business law”, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2007.

SEM ONE NATURE CORE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260SEC16 4 0 1 4

STATISTICS FOR MANAGERS


COURSE OBJECTIVE: This course mainly deals with the use of Statistical concepts in the resolution of
managerial decision problems. As such the course will deal not only with some of the theoretical concepts in
Statistics but will also be concerned with their application.
COURSE OUTCOME: Students will achieve statistical literacy and will be able to find ways to move beyond
the-what of statistics to the how and why of statistics.

96
UNIT - I Fundamental of Statistics Statistics – Definition, Types. Types of variables – Organising data -
Descriptive Statistics – mesures of central tendency – measures of dispersion; Skewness & Kurtosis –
Frequency distribution – Histograms – Polygons - Definition of random variable.

UNIT - II Fundamentals of Probability Basic definitions and rules for probability, conditional probability
independence of events, Baye’s theorem, and random variables, Probability distributions: Binomial, Poisson,
Uniform and Normal distributions.

UNIT - III Sampling Distribution and Estimation Introduction to Sampling Distributions - Sampling
Distribution of Sample Mean and Sample Proportion - Application of Central Limit Theorem - Sampling
Techniques - Estimation and Confidence Intervals - Point and Confidence Interval Estimates for Population
Parameters of Large -Sample and Small Samples - Determining the Sample Size.

UNIT - IV Testing of Hypothesis Hypothesis Testing - General Procedure for Hypothesis Testing - Errors
in Hypothesis Testing – One Sample and Two Sample Tests for Means and Proportions of Large Samples (Z-
Test) - One Sample and Two Sample Tests for Means of Small Samples (T-Test), (F-test) for two sample
standard deviations. ANOVA one and two way classification.

UNIT - V Non-Parametric Methods The Chi-Square Test - Statistic - Applications of Chi-Square Tests -
Test of Independence of Attributes - Goodness of Fit - Theory of Correlation and Regression: Meaning of
Correlation and regression – Principles of Least squares – Simple Linear Regression – Simple correlation –
Co-efficient – Rank Correlation Time Series Analysis - Variations in Time Series.
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. Richard I. Levin and David S. Rubin, “Statistics for Management”, 7th Edition, Pearson Education,
1998. / Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 2001.
2. T N Srivastava and Shailaja Rego, “Statistics for Management”, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw - Hill
Publishing Company Ltd., 2007.
3. S.P.Gupta, “Statistical Methods”, 7th Edition, S. Chand and Co. Ltd., 2004.
4. Anderson and Skini, “Statistics for Business and Economics”, 9th Edition, Cengage Learning
5. Mathematics for Managers - M.Raghavachari, TMH
6. Statistics for Management - Levin etal (PHI) 3. Business Statistics - Saha (Central)
Introduction to Statistics for Business - John Fraund.

SEM ONE NATURE PRACTICAL L P T C


COURSE CODE 20220SEC01 0 2 0 1

MANAGERIAL SKILL DEVELOPMENT


COURSE OBJECTIVE: This course will focus on overall Personality Development of students by enhancing
their communication skills, shaping their attitudes and behaviours and ultimately preparing them for
corporate roles.
COURSE OUTCOME: Learners are able to speak confidently and effortlessly in different contexts – informal
and formal. They can be think on feet’ even in difficult circumstances. To get into the habit of express

97
themselves in different genres of writing from creative to critical to factual writing. The student will be able
to manage communication in the organization and develop interpersonal relationships.
UNIT I: Self introduction – News Reading – Story Telling – Etiquettes for Managers – Reviews of Articles,
Movies and Books

UNIT II: Role Play – Debate – Group Discussions – Paper Presentation – Mock Interview

UNIT III: Corporate Writing, Creative Writing, Report Writing, Preparing Press Notes.

UNIT IV: Case Studies – Analyzing and presenting Cases, Poster Making, Framing Advertisements,
Slogans, Captions.

UNIT V: Use of Computer & Technology (MS Word, Power point) (Using Internet as a tool for effective
Management)

98
SEMESTER - II

SEM TWO NATURE CORE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260SEC21 3 0 1 4
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

COURSE OBJECTIVE: : Facilitate student to understand the operational nuances of a Finance Manager
Comprehend the technique of making decisions related to finance function
COURSE OUTCOME: Learners can recall and understand Indian financial systems. Evaluate the investments
projects and companies. Prepare capital budget and appropriations. Decide upon the capital structure and working
capital budgeting decisions. Take decision on higher dividend payout or lower dividend payout.
UNIT – I: Introduction of Financial Management: Concept of Finance, Corporate Finance, Finance Functions
and other functions. Structures of the Financial System. Financial Management – Meaning, functions and
Objectives of Financial Management- Financial Planning and Forecasting of short term and long term – time
value of money – risk and return.

99
UNIT – II: Financing Decision Sources of funds - Relative merits and demerits, Capitalization - Under
Capitalization and Over Capitalization- Capital Structure - theories of capital structure - Factors affecting
capital structure - Financing decision in practice - leverage - Operating, Financial and combined leverage -
Cost of capital - Costs of individual components of capital - Weighted Average cost of capital.

UNIT – III: Investment Decision Nature and Significance of Investment Decision - Estimation of cash
flows - Capital Budgeting Process - techniques of investment appraisal: Pay back period; Accounting Rate of
Return - DCF Techniques - Net present value, Profitability Index and Internal Rate of Return - Investment
appraisal practices in Indian companies.

UNIT – IV: Working Capital Decision Meaning - Nature of working capital - Classification and
significance of working capital - financing of Working capital - Component of working capital, Cash, Short-
term marketable securities - Management of Cash and Receivables

UNIT – V: Dividend Decision Management of Profits - Meaning and Significance - Theories of Dividend -
Determinants of dividend - Dividend Policy - Dividend policies in practice - Legal aspects of Dividends –
Bonus shares – stock splits.
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. M.Y. Khan and P.K.Jain Financial management, Text, Problems and cases Tata McGraw Hill, 6th edition,
2011.
2. M. Pandey Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 10th edition, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. Aswat Damodaran, Corporate Finance Theory and practice, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
2. James C. Vanhorne –Fundamentals of Financial Management– PHI Learning, 11th Edition, 2012.
3. Brigham, Ehrhardt, Financial Management Theory and Practice, 12th edition, Cengage Learning 2010.
4. Prasanna Chandra, Financial Management, 9th edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012.
5. Srivatsava, Mishra, Financial Management , Oxford University Press, 2011

SEM TWO NATURE CORE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260SEC22 4 0 0 3

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT


COURSE OBJECTIVE: To provide knowledge about management issues related to staffing, training,
performance, compensation, human factors consideration and compliance with human resource requirements.
COURSE OUTCOME: Understanding of importance of Human Resource Management Understanding of
concepts and practices of Human Resource Management Designing strategies in Human Resource
Management Ability to take up activities in Human Resource Management. Basic knowledge about
prevailing legislations related to labour
UNIT – I: HR Roles and Functions Human Resource Management - Introduction and Importance -
Evolution - Difference between Personnel Management and HRM – HR functions - Structure of HR
Department – Role, Duties and responsibilities of HR manager- HRD System – HR Strategies and
organisational Strategies.

UNIT - II: Human Resources planning and recruitment Objectives-Importance-HRP Process- Manpower
Estimation-Job analysis-Job Description-Job Specification - Recruitment-Sources of Recruitment-Selection

100
Process-Placement and Induction-Retention of Employees- merit rating – promotion – transfers– job
enlargement – job enrichment – job rotation.

UNIT – III: Training and Development and performance appraisal Training and Development -
Training Process and Methodology - Need and objectives - Training procedure - Methods of Training -
Evaluation of Training programmes Performance Management System - Definition, Concepts and Ethics-
Different methods of Performance Appraisal- Rating Errors-Competency management – Career Planning.

UNIT – IV: Compensation Management Concepts and Components- Compensation Plan – Reward –
Motivation - job evaluation - Fringe benefits and services - Employee Welfare – retirement /Separation -
Kinds of Retirement - Resignation, Discharge, Dismissal, Suspension, Retirement, Layoff, Voluntary
Retirement / Separation Schemes, Golden handshake.

UNIT – V: Industrial Relations Factors influencing industrial relations - State Interventions and Legal
Framework - Role of Trade unions - Collective Bargaining - Workers' participation in management- time
management – Corporate Social Responsibility.
TEXT/ REFERENCES
4. Decenzo & Robbins, Personnel / Human Resource Management, 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons (Pvt.)
Ltd.
Anne-wil Harzing & Joris Van Ruvoss eveldt(eds.), International Human Resource Management -
Sage Publications, New Delhi.
5. Biswajeet Patanayak, Human Resource Management, PHI, New Delhi
6. Luis R. Gomez, Mejia, Balkin and Cardy, Managing Human Resources PHI, New Delhi.
7. Rudrabasavaraj, Dynamics of Personnel Admn. Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai
8. Personnel Management – C.B Mamoria
9. Human Resources Management – Ashwathappa

SEM TWO NATURE CORE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260SEC23 4 0 0 3

MARKETING MANAGEMENT
COURSE OBJECTIVE: To understand fundamental concepts of Marketing in Modern Marketing Practices
COURSE OUTCOME: knowledge of analytical skills in solving marketing related problems, awareness of
marketing management process
UNIT I Marketing: Meaning – Concept & its types –Functions and organisation – Marketing Planning–
Core concepts of marketing (such as Need, Want, Demand, Customer Value, Exchange, Customer &
Consumer, Customer Satisfaction, Customer Delight, Customer Loyalty, Marketing v/s Market, Selling
versus Marketing). Concept of Marketing Myopia - Marketing Segmentation and Consumer Behaviour –
Marketing Research

UNIT II Product Characteristics – Classification – Product Differentiation – Product Hierarchy – Co-


Branding – Packaging – Labeling – Warranties & Guarantees – New Product Development

101
UNIT III Understanding Pricing – Setting the Price – Types of Pricing Strategies – Initiating & Responding
to the Price Changes

UNIT IV Role of Marketing Communication – Components of Promotion (Advertising, Sales Promotion,


Personal Selling, Public Relations – Basic Concepts), Direct Marketing (Direct Mail, Catalogue, Tele
Marketing),

UNIT V Importance of Marketing Channels – Functions – Channel Design – Channel Management – E-


Commerce – Marketing Practices – Retailing – Types & Recent Trends – Wholesaling – Market Logistics –
Managing Sales Force
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. Philip Kotler, Kevin Lane, Abraham Koshy-Marketing Management – A South Asian Perspective-
Pearson/Prentice Hall India Ltd
2. Rajan Saxena – Marketing Management-Tata McGraw Hill
3. Ramaswamy & Namakumary-Marketing Management-Global Perspective-Indian Context-Mac Millon
India Ltd

SEM TWO NATURE CORE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260SEC24 3 0 1 3

PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT


COURSE OBJECTIVE: To provide a broad introduction to the field production and operations management
and explain the concepts, strategies, tools and techniques for managing the transformation process that can
lead to competitive advantage.
COURSE OUTCOME: The students would have learned about various concepts related to the production and
operations management. Also understood the decision role and responsibilities of operations function vis-à-
vis other functions in an organization.
UNIT–I: INTRODUCTION OF PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Production &
Operations Management – Meaning, Scope, Functions, Relationship between POM & other functional areas
of Management – Effect of Time Element on POM. Classification of Production Systems – Intermittent, Job
shop, Batch, Continuous, Flow and Mass Production Systems.

UNIT – II: PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL Production Planning & Control – Preplanning
– Fore Casting – Scheduling -Dispatching – Routing – Expediting-Plant Location – Factors Influencing Plant
Location, Importance of Environmental Health & Safety factors in deciding the location of plant - Cost
Factor –- Plant Layout – Principles, Flow Patterns, Types of Plant Layout -Capacity Planning – Types of
Capacity, Capacity Decision, Capacity Planning Strategies- Manufacturing Model, P & Q Systems, MRP-I &

102
MRP-II.

UNIT –III: DESIGN OF PRODUCT, PROCESS AND WORK SYSTEMS Product Design – Influencing
factors, Approaches, Legal, Ethical and Environmental issues. Process – Planning, Selection, Strategy, Major
Decisions. Work Study– Objectives, Procedure. Method Study and Motion Study. Work Measurement and
Productivity – Measuring Productivity and Methods to improve productivity.

UNIT – IV: SCHEDULING AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT Project Management – Scheduling


Techniques, PERT, CPM; Scheduling - work centers – nature, importance; Priority rules and techniques,
shop floor control; Flow shop scheduling – Johnson’s Algorithm – Gantt charts; personnel scheduling in
services.

UNIT-V: MATERIALS MANAGEMENT Materials Management, Components of Materials


Management- Materials Planning, Inventory Control, Purchase Management, Stores Management. Inventory
Management - Inventory Decisions, Models of Inventory - ABC Analysis, XYZ Analysis and JIT.
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. Operations Management For Competitive Advantage, Chase, Jacobs, Aquilano, Agarwal, 11 th
Edition, TMH.
2. Production And Operations Management, S.N.Chary, 3rd Edition , TMH
3. Operations Management, Russell, Taylor Iii ,4th Edition, PHI
4. Production And Operations Management, Chunawalla, Patel, HPH
5. Production And Operations Management Concepts, Models, Behavior, Adam Jr. Ebert, PHI.
6. Modern Production/Operations Management, Buffa, Sarin, 8th Edition, Wiley

SEM TWO NATURE CORE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260RMC25 3 0 1 3

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
AIM: To give an exposure to development of research questions and the various statistical methods suitable
to address them through available literature, with basic computational operators.
OBJECTIVES: To understand the approaches towards and constraints in good research. To identify various
statistical tools used in research methodology. To appreciate and compose the manuscript for publication
OUTCOME: Ability to develop research questions and the various research strategies, and compile research
results in terms of journal manuscripts.
PREREQUISITES: Research Methodology course in UG level or equivalent knowledge.
Unit I: INTRODUCTION Research – Importance and its types – research approaches – process – problem
formulation – development of hypothesis – Research design – determining the sample design – collecting
data – analysis of data – identifying research problem.

103
Unit II: Measurement and its techniques Measurement in research and its problems – meaning of scaling –
tests of sound measurement – types of scaling- Techniques of measurement – Attitude scales – summated
rating scale – Equal appearing Interview scale – cumulative scale – Rating scale – Scale constructing
Techniques- Time series analysis-Projection Techniques
Unit III: DATA COLLECTION AND HYPOTHESIS Classification of data – sources of data – collection
of primary and secondary data – Questionnaire method – Guidelines for Questionnaire design – Interview
technique –Observation techniques – Processing of data – Editing – Coding – Tabulation –Interpretation of
data – Formulation of hypothesis – Test of hypothesis.
Unit IV: Statistical Techniques Statistical Techniques-Quantitative and qualitative techniques- Measures of
Central Tendency – Arithmetic mean, Median and Mode- Standard deviation – Karl Pearson’s coefficient of
correlation – Regression – Chi-square test –conditions for applying chi-square test – ANOVA – Spearman’s
Rank Correlation.
Unit V : INTERPRETATION AND REPORT WRITING Interpretation – Techniques of Interpretation –
Significance of Report Writing- Different steps in writing report – layout of research report – types – oral
presentation – mechanics of writing a research report – precautions for writing research reports – Role of
computers in Research

Recommended Text book :


1. Business Research methods By Dr. T.N. Srivastava and Mrs. ShailajaRego – Tata Mcgraw Hill. Co
Chennai – Email :mark_pani@mcgraw.hill. com
2. Business Research methods, Alan Bryman and Emmabell – Oxford University press. chennai.
Email :v.anand@oup
3. Research methodology, By R. PanneerSelvam, phi learning India PVT Ltd., New Delhi. Email :
phi@phindia.com
4. Academic writing, A guide for management students and Researchers, By Mathukutty M. Monippally and
Badrinarayanan Shankar Pawar – www.sagepublications.com
5. Research methods Indian Edition By Donald H. Mcburney and Theresa – Cengage (learning. Email :
sriram.b@cengage.com)

104
SEM TWO NATURE CORE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260SEC26 4 0 0 3

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
COURSE OBJECTIVE: To provide an integrated view of the functional areas and to acquaint the students
with the strategic management process. Focuses to critically examine the management of the entire enterprise
from the Top Management view points.
COURSE OUTCOME: Create knowledge and understanding of management policies and strategies within a
changing context to meet stakeholder interests information systems to learn from failure key tools and
techniques for the analysis and design of information systems, including their human and organisational as
well as technical aspects.
UNIT-I INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT Strategic Management and
Competitiveness- Technology and Technology– Stakeholders in business – Vision, Mission and Purpose –
Business definition, Objectives and Goals – Strategic Business unit (SBD); Functional level strategies -
Corporate Governance and Social responsibility

UNIT-II ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS The External Environment: Opportunities, Threats,


Competition and Competitor Analysis. External Environmental Analysis, Segments of the External
Environment, Porters 5 Force Model, The internal Environment: Resource, Capabilities, Competencies and
Competitive advantages. Analyzing internal organization -Building Core Competencies-Value Chain
Analysis, Outsourcing.

UNIT-III: STRATEGIES The generic strategic alternatives – Stability, Expansion, Retrenchment and
Combination strategies - Business level strategy- Strategy in the Global Environment-Corporate Strategy-
Vertical Integration-Diversification and Strategic Alliances- Building and Restructuring the corporation-

105
Strategic analysis and choice - Environmental Threat and Opportunity Profile (ETOP) - Organizational
Capability Profile - Strategic Advantage Profile - Corporate Portfolio Analysis - SWOT Analysis - GAP
Analysis - Mc Kinsey's 7s Framework - GE 9 Cell Model – Distinctive competitiveness - Selection of matrix
- Balance Score Card

UNIT-IV STRATEGY IMPLEMENTATION & EVALUATION The implementation process, Resource


allocation, Designing organisational structure-Designing Strategic Control Systems- Matching structure and
control to strategy-Implementing Strategic change-Politics-Power and Conflict-Techniques of strategic
evaluation & control-case study

UNIT-V STRUCTURE AND CONTROLS Structure and Controls with Organizations-Organizational


Structure and controls, Evolutionary Patterns of strategy and organizational structure. Leadership
Implications for Strategy- Entrepreneurial Implications for Strategy – Functional Strategies.
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. Strategic Management Concepts And Cases, Thompson, Strickland ,TMH.
2. Strategic Management An Integrated Approach, Hill, Jones, 6th Edition, Indian Adaptation, Biztantra.
3. Strategic Management Concepts And Cases, David, 12th Edition, PHI.
4.Business Environment For Strategic Management, Aswathappa, HPH

SEM TWO NATURE PRACTICAL L P T C


COURSE CODE 20220SEC02 0 2 0 1

DATA ANALYSIS (MS-EXCEL LAB)


COURSE OBJECTIVE: The course aims is to understand MS Excel for applying statistical tools.
COURSE OUTCOME: Learning Outcome: The learning outcome is that the students should be able to:
Analyse the data to draw inference for decision making. Understand application of statistical measures of
central tendency. Understand application of ANOVA. Analyse trends. Test hypotheses.
1. Tabulation of Data in excel ( Creating Master Table and Sub Table)
2. Formulas and Functions
3. Filters and Sort and Validation Lists, Data from External Sources.
4. Data Analysis Using Charts and Graphs(Pivot Table & Charts)
5. Time Value of Money
6. Measure of central tendency: mean, median, mode,
7. Measure of dispersion: variance, standard deviation, Coefficient of variation.
8. Correlation, regression lines.
9. t- test
10. F-test
11. ANOVA one way classification,
12. Chi square test, independence of attributes.
13. Time series: forecasting Method of least squares,
14. Moving average method

106
TEXT/ REFERENCES

1. Glyn Davis & Branko Pecar “Business Statistics Using Excel” Oxford University Press, 2012.
2. D P Apte : Statistical Tools for Managers USING MS EXCEL, Excel, 2012.
3. David M Levine, David. F. Stephan & Kathryn A. Szabat, Statistics for Managers – Using MS Excel, PHI,
2015.
4. Bruce Bowerman, Business Statistics in Practice, TMH, 5/e 2012.
5. Shelly, MS Office, 2007, Cengage, 2009.
6. Ajai.S.Gaur, Sanjaya S.Gaur, Statistical Methods For Practice and Research, Response, 2009

SEMESTER - III
107
SEM THREE NATURE CORE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260SEC31 4 0 0 3

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT


COURSE OBJECTIVE: To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of international business
management
COURSE OUTCOME: Students would be familiar with global business environment, global strategic
management practices and get acquainted with functional domain practices. They would be familiar with
conflicts situations and ethical issues in global business.
UNIT-I Nature and scope of international business-Growing relevance of international business-Types,
Importance of international business. Business environment- internal and external environment. Economic
and political Environment-Economic roles of Government-Demographic environment-Cultural environment.

UNIT-II International Economic Institutions-IMF, World Bank, UNCTAD, UNIDO, GATT, WTO-
organizational Structure, objectives and functions

UNIT-III International Trade- Theories-Adam Smith, David Ricardo, Hecksher-Ohilin, and Leontief
Paradox. Government influence on trade-protectionism. Exim policy of India-Export promotion-incentives-
SEZ-objectives of SEZ. -BoP vs BoT-Components of BoP.

UNIT IV MNCs- Benefits to host country-problems of MNCs –MNCs in India. Transfer of technology-
levels,channels-methods of technology transfer-International investments-Significance and types of
international investments-FDI ,FII- factors affecting FDI-Cross-border M&As.

UNIT-V Globalisation and business –Features of globalization-essential conditions for globalization-foreign


market entry strategies-Pros and cons of Globalisation.Global competitiveness-determinants and its pillars-IT
revolution and Business Environment
TEXT/ REFERENCES

108
Francis Cherunilam,” International Business Environment”, Himalaya Publishing House Mumbai, 4 th
Edition
K.Aswathappa,”Essentials of Business Environment-Text,Cases &Exercises”, Himalaya Publishing House,
Mumbai, 12th Revised Edition.

SEM THREE NATURE CORE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260SEC32 3 0 1 4

OPERATIONS RESEARCH
COURSE OBJECTIVE: To learn the concepts of operations research applied in business decision making
using Operations Research Models. To facilitate the students to find out optimal solution for transportation
and assignment problems and to empower to equip with the skills of decision making using quantitative
techniques
COURSE OUTCOME: To facilitate quantitative solutions in business decision making under conditions of
certainty, risk and uncertainty. Develop mathematical models using various techniques for successful project
implementation.
Unit I Scope and applications of Operation Research in managerial decision-making - Decision-making
environments: Decision-making under certainty, uncertainty and risk situations; Uses of Decision tree.

Unit II Linear programming: Mathematical formulations of LP Models for product-mix problems; graphical
and simplex method of solving LP problems; sensitivity analysis; duality
Transportation problem: Various method of finding Initial basic feasible solution and optimal cost -
Assignment model: Algorithm and its applications

Unit III Game Theory: Concept of game; Two-person zero-sum game; Pure and Mixed Strategy Games;
Saddle Point; Odds Method; Dominance Method and Graphical Method for solving Mixed Strategy Game
Sequencing Problem: Johnsons Algorithm for n Jobs and Two machines, n Jobs and Three Machines, Two
jobs and m Machines Problems.

Unit IV Queuing Theory: Characteristics of M/M/I Queue model; Application of Poisson and Exponential
distribution in estimating

Arrival Rate and Service Rate; Applications of Queue model for better service to the customers
Replacement Problem: Replacement of assets that deteriorate with time, replacement of assets which fail
suddenly.

Unit V Project Management: Rules for drawing the network diagram, Application of CPM and PERT

109
techniques in project planning and control; Crashing and resource leveling of operations Simulation and its
uses in Queuing theory & Materials Management
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1) Vohra- Quantitative Techniques in Management (Tata McGraw-Hill, 2nd edition), 2003.
2) Peter C Bell- Management Science/ Operations Research ( Vikas)
3) Kothari- Quantitative Techniques (Vikas), 1996, 3rded.
4) Akhilesh K B and Balasubramanyam S- Quantitative Techniques (Vikas)
5) Taha Hamdy- Operations Research- An Introduction (Prentice-Hall, 7th edition), 1996, 5th ed.
6) J K Sharma- Operations Research (Pearson)

SEMESTER - IV

110
SEM FOUR NATURE CORE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260SEC41 4 0 0 4

ENTREPRENEURIAL DEVELOPMENT
COURSE OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to familiarize the students with the ground realities of
starting & managing their own Entrepreneurial ventures.
COURSE OUTCOME: Students will gain knowledge and skills needed to run a business. Gives required
competencies to run the successful enterprise. Prepared to become an entrepreneur.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP Understanding the Meaning of Entrepreneur;
Characteristics and Qualities of an Entrepreneur; Classification of Entrepreneurs; Factors Influencing
Entrepreneurship; Entrepreneurial Environment; Entrepreneurial Growth; Problems and Challenges of
Entrepreneurs; Entrepreneurial Scenario in India

UNIT II ENTREPRENEURSHIP FEASIBILITY ANALYSIS Starting an Enterprise; Idea Generation;


Identification of Business Opportunities; Market Entry Strategies; Marketing Feasibility; Financial
Feasibilities; Political Feasibilities; Economic Feasibility; Social and Legal Feasibilities; Technical
Feasibilities; Managerial Feasibility, Location and Other Utilities Feasibilities

UNIT III LAUNCHING OF SMALL BUSINESS Business plan – Meaning, Scope and Need; Business
plan Formats; Project report preparation and presentation; Project appraisal; Why some business plan fails?
MSMEs, Financial support banks, institutions and agencies; Venture capital; Government schemes and
Policies

UNIT IV DEVELOPMENT OF SMALL BUSINESS Role of Government and other Agencies in


Promoting Small Business - Preventing Sickness and Rehabilitation of Business Units- Incentives, Subsidies
and Grants - Training for Effective Management of small Business.

UNIT V WOMEN ENTREPRENEURS Women Entrepreneurs Problems & Prospects in Women


Entrepreneurships, Role of Government in Promoting Women Entrepreneurs. Development of Self Help
Groups, Steps taken by Government in Promoting SHGs..
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1.Small Scale Industries And Entreprenerurship,Vasant Desai, HPH.
2.Entrepreneurial Development , Jayshree Suresh , Margham.
3.Entrepreneurship New Venture Creation, Holt, PHI.
4. Entrepreneurship In The New Millennium,Kuratko, Hodgetts, South Western Cengage Learning.
5. Entrepreneurship, Histich, Peters,6th Edition,TMH.

111
SEM FOUR NATURE PROJECT L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260PRW44 0 0 0 10

PROJECT WORK

MARKETING

112
SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EA33 3 0 0 3

CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR
COURSE OBJECTIVE: The basic objective of this course is to develop an understanding about the consumer
decision making process and its applications in marketing function of firms.
COURSE OUTCOME
UNIT I Introduction - Scope & importance, the consumer research process, quantitative and qualitative
research. Market segmentation: Importance and use - Application of Consumer behaviour principles to
strategic marketing - Theories of Consumer Behaviour - Consumer decision: Process approach - Factors
influencing consumer decision making, Segmentation, Psychographics & VALS; Diffusion of Innovations

UNIT – II Consumer Motivation & Perception - Consumer needs and motivation, Psychographics -
Rational vs emotional motives. Dynamic nature of motivation. Motivational research. Personal and
psychological influences - Product and Service Positioning, Perceived price, quality and risk - Consumer
Attitude formation and Change Concept of attitude, Attitude formation,

UNIT – III Sociocultural Influences Socializations, Family Buying decision, Family Lifecycle, Social
Class, Lifestyle Profiles, Culture, Sub-culture, Measurement of Culture, Cultural aspects of emerging
markets, Cross Cultural Consumer Behaviour – Communication -Influences on Consumer behavior, High
and low involvement -Pre-purchase and post-purchase behavior.

UNIT – IV Consumer Decision Making Process: Consumer Decision making process, Comprehensive
models of consumer decision making. New Product purchase and repeat purchase - Problem Recognition -
Types of consumer decisions, types of Problem Recognition, Utilizing problem recognition information

UNIT – V Consumer Behaviour Applications: Consumer Behaviour applicable to Profit and Non Profit
Service Organizations, Societal Marketing Concept, Government Policy and Consumer Protection, Indian
Consumer and Marketing Opportunities in India - Consumerism, consumer protection, consumer right and
consumer education, legal consideration. E-Buying behavior
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. Consumer Behavior – Leon Schiffman, Leslie Lazar Kanuk – Pearson / PHI, 8/e
2.Consumer Behavior – Hawkins, Best, Coney – TMH, 9/e, 2004
3.Customer Behavior – A Managerial Perspective – Sheth, Mittal – Thomson,
4.Conceptual Issues In Consumer Behavior Indian Context – S Ramesh Kumar, Pearson
5.Consumer Market demographics in India – Edited by S.L.Rao

113
SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EA34 3 0 0 3

INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION


COURSE OBJECTIVE: Due to ever increasing business dealings the subject of International Marketing has
gained utmost importance in recent times. The world these days, indeed has shrunk and foreign markets have
particularly become important especially for a developing country like India. The major objective of this
course is to provide an exposure to the area of Marketing in the International perspective.
COURSE OUTCOME
Unit I: Introduction Integrated Marketing Communication - Concept, Process, Communication Mix, IMC
plans- Overview of advertising management; Advertising and IMC process - Advertising Agency - Choosing
an advertising agency; Advertising planning and research; Advertising goals - Advertising budget;;
Advertising design; Advertising media selection.
Unit II: Sales Promotion The scope and role of sales promotion; Types, Planning Sales Promotion
Programmes; Consumer oriented sales promotion; Trade oriented sales promotion; Coordinating sales
promotion and advertising; Personal Selling, Role, Advantages and Disadvantages, Personal Selling Skills.
Unit III: Public Relations, Publicity and Corporate Adverting Public Relations Publicity and Corporate
adverting; Public Relations functions; Creating positive image building activities; Preventing or reducing
image damage; sponsorship and event marketing; Role of internet in PR.
Unit IV: Social and Ethical Aspects of Advertising and Promotion Regulations of Advertising and
Promotion in India, regulation of other Promotional Areas, Social Implications of Advertising, Moral and
Ethical Issues in Advertising; Advertising to children, Advertising controversial products, Social Aspects of
Advertising.
Unit V: Evaluation Monitoring and Control Measuring the effectiveness of promotional program;
Conducting research to measure advertising effectiveness; Testing process; Establishing the program for
measuring the advertising effects; Measuring the effectiveness of other program elements.
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. George Belch, Michael Belch & Keyoor Purani, Advertising & Promotion- An Integrated Marketing
Communications Perspective, TMH, Latest Edition.
2. Kruti Shah and Alan D’Souza, Advertising & Promotions: An IMC perspective, TMH, Latest
Edition.
3. Terence A. Shimp, Advertising & Promotion: An IMC approach, Cengage Learning, Latest Edition.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EA35 3 0 0 3

114
BRAND MANAGEMENT
COURSE OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to introduce students to the basic scope, benefits and
types of brands; and understand the steps involved in designing an appropriate brand for the organization.
COURSE OUTCOME
UNIT I Introduction Concept of Brand, Significance of Branding for Consumers and for Firms, Branding
Challenges & Opportunities, Concept of Brand Equity, Cost based, Price based and Customer based Brand
Equity.

UNIT II Brand Strategies Strategic Brand Management process – Building a strong brand – Brand
positioning – Establishing Brand values – Brand vision – Brand Elements – Branding for Global Markets –
Competing with foreign brands.

UNIT III Planning and Implementing Brand Marketing Programs Choosing brand elements to build
brand equity, Options and tactics for Brand, New perspectives on marketing, Integrating marketing
communication to build brand equity, Conceptualizing the leveraging process, Co- branding, Celebrity
Endorsements

UNIT IV Measuring and Interpreting Brand Performance The brand value chain, Designing brand tracking
studies, Capturing customer mind set through quantitative research techniques

UNIT V Growing and Sustaining Brand Equity Brand architecture, Brand hierarchy, Designing brand
strategy, New products, Brand extensions- advantage and disadvantage, Reinforcing brands, Revitalizing
brands, Brand failures.

TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. Strategic Brand Management - Kevin Lane Keller
2. Branding Concepts & Process - Debashish Pati
3. Marketing Management - Philip Kotler
4. Successful Branding - Pran K Choudhary
5. Brand Positioning Strategies for Competitive Advantage -Subrato Sen Gupta
6. Strategic Brand Management -Caperer
7. Behind Powerful Brands - Jones
8. Managing Indian Brands -S. Ramesh Kumar

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EA36 3 0 0 3

115
RETAIL MANAGEMENT
COURSE OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to introduce students to the basic scope, benefits and
types of retailers; and understand the steps involved in designing an appropriate retail organization structure.
COURSE OUTCOME
UNIT I INTRODUCTION An overview Retailing – Channels of Distribution, Functions of Retailers,
Evolution of Retailing – Global Retail Scenario – Indian Retail Scenario – Emerging Trends and
Opportunities in Retail Industry - economic and technological Influences on retail management –
Classification of Retailers – Non Traditional Retail Classifications.

UNIT II RETAIL FORMATS Organized and unorganized formats – Different organized retail formats –
Characteristics of each format – Emerging trends in retail formats – MNC's role in organized retail formats.

UNIT III RETAIL ADMINISTRATION Choice of retail locations - internal and external atmospherics –
Positioning of retail shops – Building retail store Image - Retail service quality management – Retail Supply
Chain Management – Retail Pricing Decisions. Merchandising and category management – Human
Resources Management – Information System - Buying.

UNIT IV RETAIL SHOP MANAGEMENT Visual Merchandise Management – Space Management –


Retail Inventory Management – Retail accounting and audits - Retail store brands – Retail advertising and
promotions – Retail Management Information Systems - Online retail – Role of Communication in Retailing
– Methods of Retail Communication.

UNIT V RETAIL SHOPPER BEHAVIOUR Understanding of Retail shopper behavior – Shopper Profile
Analysis – Shopping Decision Process - Factors influencing retail shopper behavior – Complaints
Management - Retail sales force Management – Challenges in Retailing in India.
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. Michael Havy ,Baston, Aweitz and Ajay Pandit, Retail Management, Tata Mcgraw Hill, Sixth Edition,
2007
2. Ogden, Integrated Retail Management, Biztantra, India, 2008.
3. Patrick M. Dunne and Robert F Lusch, Retailing, Thomson Learning, 4th Edition 2008.
4. Chetan Bajaj, Rajnish Tow and Nidhi V. Srivatsava, Retail Management, Oxford University Press, 2007.
5. Swapna Pradhan, Retail Management -Text and Cases, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2009.
6. Dunne, Retailing, Cengage Learning, 2nd Edition, 2008
7. Ramkrishnan and Y.R.Srinivasan, Indian Retailing Text and Cases, Oxford University Press 2008
8. Dr.Jaspreet Kaur , Customer Relationship Management, Kogent solution.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EA37 3 0 0 3

SALES MANAGEMENT

116
COURSE OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this paper is to acquaint the student with the concepts which are
helpful in developing a sound sales policy and in organizing and managing sales force and marketing
channels and to impart the knowledge about sales management procedure, and activities.
COURSE OUTCOME
UNIT – I Sales Management - Nature, Meaning, Evolution and Scope, Objectives of Sales Department ,
Sales as a function of Marketing Management , Theories of Selling – Buyer Seller Dyads, AIDAS Theory,
Right Set of Circumstances Theory, Buying Formula Theory, Behavioral Equation Theory of the Sales
Management - Sales Planning, Strategic role of sales management

UNIT – II Selling Process - Prospecting, Planning the Sales call, Selecting the Presentation Method, Making
the Sales - Personal Selling - Presentation, Handling Sales Objections, Closing the Sale, Follow up. Role of
Relationship Marketing in Personal Selling, Value Added Selling

UNIT – III Nature of Sales Management positions - Functions of Sales Executives - Qualities of Effective
Sales Executives - Relationship with Top Management - Management of Sales force, Recruitment &
Selection, Training and Evaluation, Compensating Sales Force - Supervision of Salesmen; Motivating Sales
Personnel; Sales Meetings and Sales Contests

Unit IV Channel Intermediaries – Wholesaling and Retailing; Logistics of Distribution; Channel Planning
Organisational Patterns in Marketing Channels; Managing Marketing Channels; Marketing Channel Policies
and Legal Issues - Warehouse Management - Warehouse Functions, Processes, Organization and Operations

Unit V Information System and Channel Management, Assessing Performance of Marketing Channels
including sales force; International Marketing Channels
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. Sales Management - Richard Rstill Edward W. Cundiff
2. Strategies for selling-Gerald A.Michaelson
3. Sales Management Handbook – Forsyth Ptrick
4. Value added selling-Tom Reilly
5. Building a Winning Sales Team – Gini Graham & Scott

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EA38 3 0 0 3

SERVICES MARKETING
COURSE OBJECTIVE: The objective of the course is to develop an understanding of services and service
marketing with emphasis on various aspects of service marketing which make it different from goods

117
marketing.
COURSE OUTCOME
UNIT I Introduction - Definition, Differences between Services and Goods, Tangibility Spectrum,
Distinctive Characteristics of Services, , Classification of Services, Categories of Service Providers,
Marketing Implications of Service Characteristics, Services Marketing Mix – People, Physical Evidence &
Process..

UNIT II Assessing service market potential - Classification of services – Expanded marketing mix – Market
segmentation, targeting and positioning - Service Life Cycle – New service development – Service Blue
Printing – GAP’s model of service quality – Measuring service quality – SERVQUAL – Service Quality
function development - Customer perception, Customer satisfaction, Tolerance zone.

UNIT III Physical Evidence and Servicescape Meaning, Types of Servicescapes, Strategic Roles of
Servicescape, Guidelines for Physical Evidence Strategy, Strategic Roles of Servicescape - Internal
Marketing, Service-Profit Chain, Emotional labor, Customers' role in service delivery, Customer as a co-
producer.

UNIT IV Positioning of services – Designing service delivery System, Service Channel– Pricing of
services, methods – Service marketing triangle - Integrated Service marketing communication

UNIT V Applications & Strategies of Service Marketing: Marketing of service Sector‐Financial Services,
Tourism Services, Education Services, Information services (ITES), Health Services, Health Tourism
Services - CRM in Service Sector.
TEXT/ REFERENCES
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Services Marketing - Zeithaml , Bitner, Gremler & Pandit , TMGH, 4th ed.
2. Services Marketing - Christopher Lovelock
3. Services Marketing - Rampal & Gupta
4. Essence of Services Marketing - Ardian Payne
5. Services Marketing - Helen Woodruffe

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EA39 3 0 0 3

INDUSTRIAL MARKETING
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
COURSE OUTCOME:

118
Unit I Introduction to Business marketing - Organizational buyer- Buyer Behaviour- Business marketing and
Consumer marketing- Business products- Organizational buying Process- Classification of Industrial
Customers and Industrial Products, Industrial Marketing Environment

Unit II Strategies for customer relationship management for business markets - Strategic planning-
Relationship marketing- Managing buyer-seller relationship-Measuring customer profitability - Methods of
forecasting demand-Components of Business models-Strategic resources of business marketing - Customer
Satisfaction Management and Measurement, Customer Loyalty

Unit III Managing products- Innovation & new product development- Business-to-Business brand-Product
positioning- Management of innovation-Steps in New product development- Delivering effective customer
solutions-Business-service marketing-Service quality-Service packages - Product line planning.

Unit IV Marketing Strategies Industrial Markets - Product, Price, Promotion and Distribution. Marketing
Research for Industrial Products - Marketing strategy for Industrial Firms – Developing & Evaluating
Strategies – Effective implementation of Strategies.

Unit V Managing channels- B2B in ecommerce platform & SCM- Pricing strategies: Business marketing
channels-Costs of Logistics- B2B logistical management - Pricing Business products across their life cycle-
Competitive pricing tactics - Marketing Communications- advertising &sales promotion - Personal selling-
Performance measurement.
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. Electronic Commerce Technologies & Applications, Bhaskar Bharat,TMH
2. E-Commerce An Indian Perspective, Joseph P.T., PHI
3. E – Commerce : Strategy Technologies & Applications, Whiteley, David, TMH
4. Industrial Marketing Management M. Govindarajan, Vikas publishing House PVT Ltd.
5. Industrial Marketing by MILIND T. Phadtare - PHI learning PVT Ltd.,

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EA42 3 0 0 3

CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT


COURSE OBJECTIVE: The paper is designed to impart the skill based knowledge of Customer Relationship
Management. The purpose of the syllabus is to not just make the students aware of the concepts and practices
of CRM in modern businesses but also enable them to design suitable practices and programs for the
company they would be working.

119
COURSE OUTCOME
UNIT I INTRODUCTION Definitions - Concepts and Context of relationship Management – Evolution -
Transactional Vs Relationship Approach – CRM as a strategic marketing tool – CRM significance to the
stakeholders.

UNIT II UNDERSTANDING CUSTOMERS Customer information Database – Customer Profile Analysis


- Customer perception, Expectations analysis – Customer behavior in relationship perspectives; individual
and group customer’s - Customer life time value – Selection of Profitable customer segments.

UNIT III CRM STRUCTURES Elements of CRM – CRM Process – Strategies for Customer acquisition –
Retention and Prevention of defection – Models of CRM – CRM road map for business applications.

UNIT IV Mechanics of CRM Strategic CRM planning process – Implementation issues – CRM Tools-
Analytical CRM – Operational CRM – Call center management – Role of CRM Managers - e CRM
Solutions – Data Warehousing – Data mining for CRM – an introduction to CRM software packages.

UNIT V Managing Networks for CRM Business Networks, Network Position, Supplier Networks,
Distribution Networks, Management of Networks, Supplier Relationships, Product Development, Supplier
Accreditation Programmes, Process Alignment, E Procurement, Partners in Value Creation, Benchmarking
Partners, Customer Advocacy Groups, Sponsors, Partners in Value Delivery.
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. G.Shainesh, Jagdish, N.Sheth, Customer Relationships Management Strategic Prespective, Macmillan
2005.
2. Alok Kumar et al, Customer Relationship Management : Concepts and applications, Biztantra,2008
3. H.Peeru Mohamed and A.Sahadevan, Customer Relation Management, Vikas Publishing 2005.
4. Jim Catheart, The Eight Competencies of Relatioship selling, Macmillan India, 2005.
5. Assel, Consumer Behavior, Cengage Learning, 6th Edition.
6. Kumar, Customer Relationship Management - A Database Approach, Wiley India, 2007.
7. Francis Buttle, Customer Relationship Management : Concepts & Tools, Elsevier, 2004.
8. Zikmund. Customer Relationship Management, Wiley 2012 .
9. G.Shainesh, J.Jagdish N Seth. Customer Relationship Management

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EA43 3 0 0 3

INTERNATIONAL MARKETING
COURSE OBJECTIVE: The course has been developed so as to acquaint the students with environment,
procedural, institutional and decisional aspects of International Marketing.
COURSE OUTCOME
UNIT I INTRODUCTION Nature and scope of International Marketing, Key issues in International
Marketing.- Business Practices and Ethics, Cultural, Political, and Legal Environment, Minimizing
Environmental Risk.

UNIT II POLICY FRAMEWORK AND PROCEDURAL ASPECTS Balance of Payment - India’s

120
Export – Import policy – Exim Policy – promotional measures - Export oriented Units – Deemed Exports -
Export- Import Documentation – Kinds of Documents – Principal Export Documents – Auxiliary documents
– Documents in Import Trade – Export Documentation and procedures - Demand Estimation – GDP –
Producer consumer target – Market segmentation.

Unit III PLANNING FOR INTERNATIONAL MARKETING Marketing Research ,Marketing


Information Sources, Marketing Information System, Market Analysis Foreign Market Entry Strategies –
Exporting, Licensing, Joint Ventures, Strategic Alliances, Acquisitions Franchising, Assembly Operations ,
Management Contracts, Turnkey Operations, Free Trade Zones

UNIT IV INTERNATIONAL MARKETING DECISIONS Developing an International Product Line,


Foreign Product Diversification, International Branding Decisions, International Packaging, International
Warranties and Services. International Pricing Strategy - International Promotion Strategies- Promotion Mix-
International Sales Negotiations - Patterns of Global Advertising, Global Advertising Regulations,
Advertising Media, International Channels of Distribution- Retailing in International Scenario, International
Physical Distribution - Technological Influences in international Marketing-Current trends in international
Marketing.

Unit-V IMPLEMENTING GLOBAL MARKETING STRATEGIES Negotiation with customers and


selection method, E-Marketing channels organization & controlling of the global marketing programme.
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. Varshney R.L. and Bhattacharya ,B– International Marketing Management (Sultan Chand & Sons)
2. Philip B. Cateora nad John M. Hess : International Marketing.
3. Alexender C. Stanley : Handbook of International Marketing.
4. John Fayerwearther : International Marketing
5. David Carson : International Marketing
6. Philip Kotler : Marketing Management

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EA44 3 0 0 3

RURAL MARKETING
COURSE OBJECTIVE: The objective of this course is to explore the students to Rural Marketing
environment so that they can understand consumer's and marketing characteristics of the same for
understanding and contributing to the emerging challenges in the upcoming global economic scenario.
COURSE OUTCOME:
UNIT I Introduction of Rural marketing –Evolution of Rural Marketing in Indian and Global Context-
Definition- Nature, Evolution, Scope-Characteristics and potential of Rural Marketing - Importance of Rural

121
Marketing- Factors affecting Rural Marketing- Rural Vs Urban Marketing- Structure of Rural Marketing –
Recent Trends in Rural Marketing.

UNIT II Rural Marketing Mix: Product Decisions, Pricing Decisions, Promotion Decisions, Distribution,
Channel Management, Relationship Management Physical Distribution, Sales force management

Unit III Rural Marketing research- Consumer Behaviour-segmentation of rural market -New product
development -Product life cycle and Rural Marketing Strategies

UNIT IV Product / Service Classification in Rural Marketing - Brand Management in Rural Marketing-
Fostering Creativity& Innovation in Rural Marketing- - Sales force Management in Rural Marketing.

UNIT V Retail & IT models in Rural Marketing-CSR and Marketing Ethics in Rural Marketing- Consumer
Education & Consumer Methods in Promotion of Rural Marketing- Advertisement & Media Role in Rural
Marketing Promotion Methods. e- Rural Marketing-CRM &e-CRM in Rural Marketing- Advanced Practices
in Rural Marketing- Social Marketing-Network Marketing- Green Marketing
TEXT/ REFERENCES
1. Badi & Badi : Rural Marketing, HPH.
2. Rural Marketing – Dogra, Ghuman – TMH
3. Rural Marketing – K. Ramakrishnan – Pearson
4. Rural Marketing – Kashyap, Raut – Biztantra
5. Rural Marketing – T.P. Gopalaswamy – Vikas

122
HUMAN
RESOURCES

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EB33 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
The goal of the course is to prepare studentso become familiar with the current theories, practices, tools and
techniques in knowledge management (KM), and to assist students in pursuing a career in the information

123
sector for profit and not for profit organizations. In addition, students will learn to determine the
infrastructure requirements to manage the intellectual capital in organizations.
Unit-I: The Knowledge Economy: Data – Information - Knowledge, Attributes of Knowledge as an
Economic Resource – Knowledge Capital Vs Physical Capital - Types of Knowledge - Scope of Knowledge
Management - Building Knowledge Societies.

Unit-II: Knowledge Management and Information Technology: Role of Information Technology in


Knowledge Management Systems, Knowledge Management Tools and Knowledge Portals – Knowledge
Organization & Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit-III: The Knowledge Process: Knowledge Management Systems Life Cycle - Stages of KM Process,
Knowledge Creation & Knowledge Architecture – Knowledge Capturing Techniques – Knowledge
Codification – Transferring and Sharing Knowledge.

Unit-IV: Implementation of Knowledge Management: Business Intelligence and Internet Platforms, KM


& the Indian experience, NetBanking in India – Role of Knowledge Management in Organizational
Restructuring – The Mystique of a Learning Organization - Management of Intellectual Property.

Unit-V: Future of Knowledge Management and Industry Perspective: Knowledge Management in


Manufacturing and service industry, Challenges and Future of Knowledge Management - Measures for
meeting the Challenges of KM - Business Ethics and KM.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Mattison: Web Warehousing & Knowledge Management, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009
2. Becerra Fernandez: Knowledge Management: An Evolutionary View, PHI, 2009
3. Fernando: Knowledge Management, Pearson, 2009
4. B.Rathan Reddy: Knowledge Management, Himalaya, 2009
5. MadanMohan Rao, Leading with Knowledge, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2011

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EB34 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND CHANGE MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
The objective of this paper is to prepare students as organizational change facilitators using the knowledge
and techniques of behavioral science.

124
Unit I: Organizational Development Concept – OD Models - Characteristics of OD – OD Components -
Process and Methods of Managing Organization Development

Unit II: OD Interventions: Nature of OD interventions – Team Interventions, Personal, Interpersonal &
Group Process Interventions – Comprehensive Interventions – Structural Interventions – Problems in OD
Interventions, Resistance – individual & organizational.

Unit V: Benefits of OD - OD Consultant: Role, Skills and Dilemmas – Success and Failures of OD - Special
Applications of OD - Issues in OD – Future of OD & New Perspectives.

Unit IV: Perspectives on Change – How people experience Change - Types of Changes – Forces for Change
– Need for Change - Change Process – Seven phases of Change - - organisational culture and change -
Factors influencing organisational change – Managing change from gender prespective.

Unit V: Model of Organisational change, causes of failure of changes, organization changes and process
consultation, Manager and the change, Internal and external agent of change - Change Agents and their Role
- Contemporary Issues in Organisational Change - Managing resistance to change, effective implementation
of change.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. W.L. French & C H Bell : Organization Development , Prentice Hall of India/Pearson Education.
2. S P Robbins : Organizational Behaviour, Prentice Hall of India
3. Udai Pareek : Understanding Organizational Behaviour , OUP
4. Nilakant and Ramnarayan: Managing Organisational Change, Response Books
5. K. Harigopal: Management of Organizational Change, Response Books.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EB35 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
The objective of this course is to help the students gain understanding of the functions of performance
management system in the organization and provide them tools and techniques to be used in appraising the
performance of the employees.

125
UNIT-I
Introduction, Role of performance in organization, Dimensions of Performance, Relevance of objectives in
organizations, Organizational & individual performance, Performance management & human resources
management, Performance Management Process – Performance Management & Performance Appraisal.

UNIT-II
Performance planning, Performance analysis, KPAs, Components of Performance planning, Objectives of
performance analysis, Process of Performance analysis - Implementation process, Factors affecting
implementation - Pitfalls in implementation - Experiences in performance management - Traditional
practices, Recent approaches - Balance Scorecard approach to PMS - Benchmarking process.

UNIT-III
Purpose of Performance Appraisal, Who can Appraise, Performance appraisal factors, Pros & Cons of
Appraising, Appraisal Methods on the basis of approaches – Ranking–Forced Distribution–Paired
Comparison–Check List– Critical Incident–Graphic Rating Scale– BARS–MBO–Human Resource
Accounting - 360 degree Feedback– Definition & Uses of 360 degree feedback– Rationale for 360 degree
feedback—Scope of application in various industries – Advantage and disadvantage of 360 degree feedback.

UNIT-IV
Significance of review, Process of performance review, Performance rating, Rating Errors, Reducing raters
bias, Performance review discussions, Objectives, Requisites, Process, Role of mentoring, Coaching in
performance review discussions.

UNIT-V
Essentials of Good Performance Management System - Appraisals & HR Decisions, Reward systems &
legal issues in PMS, Managing team performance – Role of Technology in Performance Management -
Concept of Potential Appraisal –Requirements for an Effective Potential Appraisal system - Performance
Appraisal and Potential Appraisal.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. “Prem Chadha”, Performance Management, Macmillan, 2008.
2. “T.V.Rao”, Performance Management & Appraisal Systems, Response Books,2007.
3. “Herman Aguinis”, Performance Management, Pearson education, 2008.
4. “Peter Ward”, 360 Degree Feedback, Jaico publishing house,2006.
5. “Dewakar Goel”, Performance Appraisal & Compenstion Management, PHI, 2008.
6. “B.D.Singh”, Compenstion & Reward Management, Excel Books, 2007.
7. “R.K.Sahu”, Performance Management System, Excel Books , 2007.
8. “Srinivas . R. Kandula”, Performance Management”, PHI, 2006.
9. Edited by Frances NEale, Hand book of Performance Management, Jaico Publishing, 2008.
10. “Micjael Armstrong & Angela Baron”, Performance Management, Jaico Publishing, 2007.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EB36 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: LABOUR LEGISLATIONS

126
OBJECTIVE: This course will help the student to get exposure on Industrial Law. Understand the relations
ship between the employee, employer, union and government and to have awareness of various industrial
laws relating to employees.

UNIT I
Factories Act, 1948 - Industrial Dispute Act, 1947
UNIT II
Industrial Employment (Standing Order) Act, 1946 - Employee Provident Fund & Miscellaneous Act, 1952
- Trade Union Act, 1926
UNIT III
Payment of Wages Act, 1936 - Minimum Wages Act, 1948 - Employee State Insurance Act, 1948
UNIT IV
Payment of Bonus Act, 1965 - Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972
UNIT V
Workmen Compensation Act, 1923 - Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 - The Apprentice Act, 1961

References:
1. N.D.Kapoor (2006), Industrial Law, Himalaya publishers
2. S.C.Srivastava (2009), Industrial Relations and Labour Laws,Vikas

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EB37 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: COMPENSATION & REWARD MANAGEMENT

127
OBJECTIVE:
The course is designed to promote understanding of issues related to the compensation and rewarding human
resources in the organizations and to impart skills in designing analyzing and restructuring reward
management systems, policies and strategies.

UNIT I:
Wage concepts, Theories of Wages, Importance, Wage Policy, Criteria for Wage Fixation, Techniques of
Wage Determination. Wage Fixation Machinery, Wage Differentials, and Challenges of Remuneration.
Impact of compensation and employees benefit on organizational effectiveness; Economic and Behavioral
issues in compensation.

UNIT II:
Role of compensation in organization, Determination of Inter and Intra-industry Compensation Differentials,
Internal and External Equity in Compensation Systems. Factors influencing compensation levels,
compensation as motivational tool, compensation policy.

UNIT III:
Conventional reward methods and their inadequacies. Developing reward strategy – skill based pay, broad
banding, team based pay, payment by results, and performance related pay, variable compensation.
Compensation for executives and R&D staff. Reward structure in new industries (BPO, IT, Hospitality,
Tourism, etc.), MNCs and other organizations. Remuneration plan and business strategy.

UNIT IV:
Profit sharing, payment of bonus. Understanding Different Components of Compensations Packages like
Fringe Benefits, Incentives and Retirement Plans, Compensation Practices of Multinational Corporations and
Strategic Compensation Systems. Understanding tools in designing, improving and implementing
compensation packages

UNIT V:
Law relating to payment of wages and bonus in India. Statutory Provisions Governing Different Components
of Reward Systems- Working of Different Institutions Related to Reward System like Wage Boards, Pay
Commissions, Role of trade unions in compensation management.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Milkovich, Compensation, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2008.
2. B.D. Singh, Compensation and Reward Management, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2006.
3. Hendorson, Richard, I :Compensation Management:Rewarding Performance, PHI
4. Henderson, Compensation Management in a Knowledge Based World, Pearson Education, New Delhi,
9th Edition.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EB38 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: CROSS CULTURAL MANAGEMENT

128
OBJECTIVE:
The objective of this course is to develop a diagnostic and conceptual understanding of the cultural and
related behavioral variables in the management of global organizations.
Unit-1: Introduction Determinants of Culture Facets of culture Levels of Culture National Cultural
dimensions in the business context The influence of National Culture on business culture. Business Cultures:
East and West.

Unit-2: Cultural Dimensions and Dilemmas: Value orientations and Dimensions Reconciling cultural
dilemmas Culture and Styles of Management: Management tasks and cultural values.

Unit-3: Culture and Organizations: Culture and corporate structures Culture and Leadership Culture and
Strategy Cultural change in Organizations- Culture and marketing Cultural Diversity.

Unit- 4: Culture and Communications: Business communication across cultures Barriers to intercultural
communication Negotiating Internationally.

Unit-5: Cross Cultural Team Management: Working with International teams Groups processes during
international encounters Conflicts and cultural difference Understanding and dealing with conflicts
Developing Intercultural relationships.

References
Marie-joelle Browaeys and Roger Price: Understanding Cross-Cultural Management, Pearson, 2010.
David C.Thomas: Cross Cultural Management, 2/e, Sage Publications, 2008.
Nigel Holdon, Cross Cultural Management: Knowledge Management Perspective, Pentice Hall, 2001.
Parissa Haghirian: Multinational and Cross Cultural Management, Routledge, 2010.
Richard Mead: International Management-Cross cultural Dimension, 3/e, Blackwell, 2005.

\
SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EB39 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: CONFLICT AND NEGOTIATION MANAGEMENT

129
OBJECTIVE:
The course plan to develop an understanding of conflict dynamics and the art and science of negotiation. On
the completion of syllabus, students will be in a position to answer the role that can be played by conflict
resolution techniques such as mediation.
UNIT I:
Conflict: concept, definition – sources of conflict - individual differences - power and influence - Changing
view of conflict at work - Role of conflict in organizations - Conflict and organizational culture – transitions
in Conflict thought - Conflict Process.

UNIT II:
Types & Levels of conflict: Functional Vs Dysfunctional Conflict - Individual & Group Level Conflict;
Organization level Conflict; Preventing & Resolving interpersonal conflict and inter group conflict -
Coalitions - Conflict resolution, Superior/subordinate interactions and conflict resolution - ethics in conflict
resolution - leadership approaches to conflict situation - managerial approaches to conflict.

UNIT III:
Meaning and definition of stress, link between conflict and stress, sources of stress, distress vs eustress,
consequences of stress, measures individuals and organizations can adopt for eliminating or managing stress.

UNIT IV:
Negotiations: meaning, definition and importance of negotiation, concept of bargaining and exchange, types
of bargain. Approaches towards effective negotiation - Negotiation process - Negotiation as an approach to
conflict management.
.
UNIT V:
Negotiations Strategies - Integrative bargaining- Targets and aspirations- Contingent contracts – Trust and
relationships - Issues in Negotiations - Developing negotiating skills - Negotiation simulations- in basket
exercises.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Lewicki, Saunders, Barry, Negotiation, TMGH.
2. Eirene Rout, Nelson Omika, Corporate Conflict Management – Concepts & Skills , PHI.
3. Subbulakshmi, Conflict Resolution Techniques, ICFAI University Press.
Barbara Corvette, Conflict Management, Pearson Education.

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EB42 3 0 0 3

`SUBJECT TITLE: INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

130
OBJECTIVE:
This course will help the student to get exposure on Industrial Relations. Understand the relations
ship between the employee, employer, union and government
UNIT I Industrial Revolution – IR Concept, Importance & Scope – Factors affecting IR –
Approaches to IR – IR Policy Pre Independence & Post Independence – ILO - Changing
Scenario of Industrial unrest
UNIT II Trade Union Movement in India – Aim, objectives, structure and governing of trade
unions - Theories of trade unionism - Disputes – Impact – Causes – Strikes – lockouts -layout –
Prevention - Industrial harmony - Government Machinery – Conciliation – Arbitration –
Adjudication - Grievance procedure
UNIT III Labour Welfare works – concepts, need, importance, scope & Features – Approaches
to Labour Welfare – Worker’s Education – Concept, Objectives – Workers Education in India –
Levels of Workers Education – Workers Training
UNIT IV Collective Bargaining – Concept, Features, Importance – Principles of Collective
Bargaining – Forms of Collective Bargaining – Process of Negotiation during Bargaining
UNIT V Worker’s Participation in Management – Concept, Objective – Forms of participation –
Levels of participation – Functions of Joint Council – Condition necessary for effective working
References Books
1. Dynamics of Industrial Relations, Memoria, Memoria & Gankar (2008), Himalaya Publishing
House
2. Industrial Relations in India, Ratan Sen (2010) MacMillan
3. Industrial Relations Emerging Paradigms, B.D.Singh (2010), Excel Books

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EB43 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT


OBJECTIVE:
The objective of this course is to help the students gain understanding of the objectives of training in the
organization and provide them tools and techniques to be used in training the employees. This paper will

131
attempt to orient the students to tailor themselves to meet the specific needs of the organizations in training
and development activities.
Unit I – Training – Concept – training and development - training and HRD – Scope – Objectives –
Importance of training – Problems of training – Role and responsibilities of training – Technology in
Training - Future trends in training.

Unit II – Training Process - Analysis of Training Needs – Organizational analysis: Task, Person,
Requirement Analysis – Methods and Techniques of TNA – why conduct TNA – When to conduct TNA –
Gathering TNA data – TNA Process – TNA Approaches.

Unit III – – Important Considerations while designing training – Factors affecting training design –
Constraints in design – budgeting for training – types of cost involved in training – Developing Training
Objectives – types of training objectives - Designing the training programme, training implementation,
training policy and plan, types of training, training methods & its advantages and disadvantages.

Unit IV- Logistical and Physical Arrangements – Implementation of Training - Tips for trainer for effective
implementation – Evaluation –Types of evaluation instruments, evaluation design & techniques, training
audit – Classroom Management – Training Policy.

Unit V - The need & importance of management development - Approach to management development -
Sources of knowledge and skills - Special needs of Technical Managers, Strategies to develop Technical
Managers - Training for Executive Level Management – Self Development – Career Management.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. B.Janakiraman, Training and Development, Biztantra, NewDelhi, 2008.
2. Employee Training And Development - Raymond Noe
3. Every Trainers Handbook- Devendra Agochia
4. 360 Degree Feedback, Competency Mapping And Assessment Centre- Radha Sharma
5. Training And Development- S.K. Bhatia

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EB44 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: TALENT MANAGEMENT

OBJECTIVE: This course will help the student to get exposure on Talent management. Understand the how
to acquire talent employees and how to retain such employees in the organization for effective performance

132
and achievement of goals.

Unit 1: Introduction to Talent Management: Overview, History, Scope and Need of Talent Management, Source of
Talent Management, Tools for Managing Talent Role of HR in Talent Management, Role of the HR Manager, Talent
Management Process
Unit 2: Building Blocks for Talent Management: E, Talent Management System , Effective Talent Management
System, Building Blocks of Effective Talent Management System, Critical Success Factors to Create Talent
Management System, Key Elements of Talent Management System.
Unit 3: Approaches to Talent Management: Developing a Talent Management Strategy, Mapping Business
Strategies and Talent Management Strategies Talent Management and Organisational Environment - Shaping Talent
Planning and Developing Values, Promoting Ethical Behaviour
Unit 4: Talent Planning, Acquisition, Engagement and Retention: Talent Planning, Objectives of Talent Planning,
Steps in Strategic Talent Planning, Talent Acquisition, Recruiting Process, Talent Engagement and Retention,
Employee Engagement and Retention, Improving Employee Retention
Unit 5: Compensation and reward strategies for Effective Talent Management: Sustainable Talent Management
and Reward Model, Strategic Compensation plan for Talent Engagement, Talent Management and Corporate
Restructuring; Corporate Reconstruction, Timing the Corporate Reconstruction, Organisational Issues and Talent
Management Challenges

References:
1. Cheese, Peter, Robert J Thomas and Elizabeth Craig, The Talent Powered Organization, Kogan Page Ltd.
2. Stringer, Hank & Rusty Rueff, Talent Force: A New Manifesto for the Human Side of Business, Pearson Education,
Prentice Hall Upper Saddle River, New Jersey
3. Lawyer III, Edward E, Talent: Making People your Competitive Advantage, Dave Ulrich, JosseyBass, A Wiley
Imprint
4. Phillips, Jack J, Lisa Edwards, Managing Talent Retention, An ROI Approach, Pfeiffer, A Wiley Imprint 6. David,
Tony, Maggie Cutt, Neil Flynn, Peter Mowl and Simon Orme, Talent Assessment, Gower Publishing Ltd., Hampshire
Ltd.

133
FINANCE

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EC33 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
The objective of this course is to impart knowledge to students regarding the theory and practice of Security
Analysis and to give the students an in-depth knowledge of the theory and practice of Portfolio Management.
UNIT – I: Introduction to Investment and Securities
Introduction to Securities – Types of Securities - Investment Process – Investment Alternatives – Securities
Markets - Stock Exchanges and its Functions – Functions and guidelines of SEBI. Risk Return: Security

134
Returns- Risk Measurements – Picturing Risk and Return.

UNIT III FUNDAMENTAL ANALYSIS


Economic Analysis – Economic forecasting and stock Investment Decisions – Forecasting techniques.
Industry Analysis : Industry classification, Industry life cycle – Company Analysis Measuring Earnings –
Forecasting Earnings – Applied Valuation Techniques – Graham and Dodds investor ratios.

UNIT IV TECHNICAL ANALYSIS


Fundamental Analysis Vs Technical Analysis – History of Technical Analysis – Technical Tools – Dow
theory - Trend Models- Market Indicators – Efficient Market Theory : Basic Concepts – The Random Walk
Theory.

UNIT – III: Valuation of Securities


Valuation of Bonds: Bond VS Debenture- Classification of Bonds – Time Value Concept – Methods of Bond
Return and Valuation- Bond Value Theorems –Convexity –Immunisation – Valuation of Equity: Return on
Equity – Various Model of Equity Valuation.

UNIT – 5: Portfolio Management


Portfolio Management: Definition – Selection of portfolio – Markowitz model – Sharp Index Model –Capital
Asset Pricing Theory and Arbitrage Pricing Model – Portfolio Evaluation – Portfolio Revision.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Fischer, Donald E. and Jordan, Ronald J.: Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, PHI, New
Delhi
2. Bhall, V. K.: Investment Management – Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, S. Chand, New
Delhi
3. Alexander, Gordon J. and Sharpe, William F.: Fundamentals of Investments: Englewood Cliffs,
Prentice Hall Inc, New Jersey
4. Elton, Edwin J and Gruber, Martin J. : Modern Portfolio Theory and Investment Analysis, John Wiley,
New York.
5. Amling, Frederic: Investment, Englewood Cliffs, Prentice Hall, New Jersey

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EC34 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: DERIVATIVES MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
To give an in-depth knowledge of the functioning of derivative securities market.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION
Derivatives – Definition – Types – Forward Contracts – Futures Contracts – Options – Swaps – Differences
between Cash and Future Markets – Types of Traders – OTC - Derivative Market - Economic functions of
derivative market.

135
UNIT II FUTURES CONTRACT
Specifications of Futures Contract - Margin Requirements – Contract Size - Market Quotes - Hedging using
Futures – Types of Futures Contracts – Delivery Options – Relationship between Future Prices, Forward
Prices and Spot Prices.

UNIT III OPTIONS


Definition – Exchange Traded Options, OTC Options – Option Pricing Models – Call and Put Options –
American and European Options – Option payoff, options on Securities, Stock Indices, Currencies and
Futures .

UNIT IV SWAPS & Forward Contract


Definition of SWAP – Types of SWAP - Interest Rate SWAP – Currency SWAP – Role of Financial
Intermediary –Valuation of Interest rate SWAPs and Currency SWAPs – Forward Contract – Forward
Pricing

UNIT V DERIVATIVES IN INDIA


Evolution of Derivatives Market in India – Regulations & Framework – Derivative Trading – Commodity
Futures - Determination of the Fair Value of Futures and Options Prices, Interactions between Spot Equity
Trading and Trading in Derivatives. Index Options and Futures, Constructing an Index.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Chance, Don M; An Introduction to Derivatives; Dryden Press, International Edition
2. Chew Lillian: Managing Derivative Risk, John Wiley, New Jersey
3. Das, Satyajit: Swap & Derivatives Financing, Probes
4. Hull, J. Robert W: Understanding Futures Markets, Prentice Hall, New Delhi
5. Kolb, Robert W: Understanding Futures Markets, Prentice Hall Inc, New Delhi
6. Kolb, Robert: Financial Derivatives, New York Institute of Finance, New York
7. Marshall, John and V. K. Bansal: Financial Engineering – A Compete Guide to Financial Innovation,
Prentice Hall Inc, New Delhi
8. Report of Prof. L. C. Gupta, Committee on Derivatives Trading
9. Report of Prof. J. C. Verma, Committee Report on Derivatives Trading.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EC35 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: PROJECT FINANCE


OBJECTIVE:
The objective of the course is to provide to the students a specialized knowledge of the techniques of
evaluating proposed investments and to acquaint them with the problems encountered in the decisional
process pertaining to capital investments of the project.
UNIT I:
Basics of Project Finance: Characteristic and major elements of Projects, Project Planning and Control, -
Macroeconomic assumptions - project costs and funding

136
UNIT II:
Sources of Finance: Sources of finance for projects - Financial Instruments - Performance indicators for
projects - project cash flows - Appraisal and validity of financing projects - Financial Engineering

UNIT III:
Project Risk Management: Project Risk - Identification –Types of Project Risks - Risk Analysis and Transfer -
understanding risk measurement techniques.

UNIT IV:
Contract Management: Introduction – Preparation of Tender - Initial evaluation of Tender - Preparation of
promoter's bids - project conditions - Incentives and Penalties - Legal Aspects and agreements.

UNIT V:
Project feasibility analysis: capital budgeting - project evaluation - project planning -Tools used for
analyzing the feasibility of a project - project appraisal process - CPM and PERT.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. K. Nagarajan: Project Management, New Age International Publication, New Delhi
2. Goel B. B.: Project Management
3. Albert Lester: Project Planning and Control, Butterworth & Co. (Publication) Ltd., London
4. Mohsin M.: Project Planning and Control, Vikas, New Delhi

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EC36 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: FINANCIAL SERVICES AND INSTITUTIONS


OBJECTIVE:
This course provides an understanding of the following fund-based and fee-based financial services offered
by financial intermediaries such as non-banking finance companies, banks and financial institutions. This
course will also focus on issues concerning the financial management of financial intermediaries.

UNIT 1 Evolution of Financial Services –Indian Financial System – Types of Financial System – Financial
Markets- Operational Effectiveness – of Financial Market – Money Market – Money Market Instruments –
Capital Markets – Capital Market Instruments.

137
UNIT – I: Non-Banking Financial Companies: Meaning – Features- Role of NBFC in India-LEASING
AND HIRE PURCHASING-Legal Aspects of Hiring and Leasing-Types of Leasing.-Rights of Hirer and
Hire – Purchase - Accounting Treatment of Leases - Lease Vs. Hire Purchasing

UNIT – III: Financial Institutions: Role of financial Institution in financial markets - Development
Banking Institutions - IDBI, IFCI, ICICI, IRBI,NABARD, SIDBI, and EXIM Bank - Objectives, operations,
schemes of financing

UNIT – IV: International Market and Financial Services International Financial Institutions -
International Monetary Fund, Asian Development Bank, World Bank. International Financial Market,
International Financial Assets and Services

UNIT – V: Credit Rating: Credit Rating system – Growth factors CRISIL Ratings for short term
instruments Credit rating process

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Financial Services By Dr. S. Gurusamy TMH.
2. Financial Services, By Nalini PRAVA TRIPATHY, PHI learning PVT ltd.,
3. Financial markets, Institutions & Services by NK Gupta and Monika Chopra – Ane books Pvt Ltd.,
www.anebooks.com
4. Financial services M.Y Khan, TMH.
5. Financial markets and Institutions by Jeff Madura, India Edition, Cengage learning.
6. Financial services and system By K. Sasidharan and Alex K. Mathews, TMH.
7. Financial Services S. Mohan and R. Elangovan, By Deep and Deep publication.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EC37 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: INTERNATIONAL FINANCE


OBJECTIVE:
To give the students an overall view of the international financial system – instruments and markets.
Unit I
International Financial Management: An overview, Importance, nature and scope, International Business
Methods, Recent changes and challenges in IFM - History of Global Monetary Systems - Evolution and
practices in Foreign Exchange Markets - International Financial Institutions

Unit II
Fundamentals of Foreign Exchange – Parity theory and conditions – Factors affecting determination of

138
Exchange rate – Various exchange rate types.

Unit III
Exposure and Risk Management - hedging – speculation – arbitrage - internal and external techniques of
hedging – derivatives – meaning – significance – types.

Unit IV
Regulatory Framework for International Finance - Short term financial management in a global set-up –
treasury functions – International Taxation – Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement

Unit V
Global capital Markets: Issues, investors, intermediaries. Disintermediation, Deregulation, Securitization,
Globalization. Various methods of raising resources by borrowers in International markets. Types of Bonds,
Floating Rate Notes (FRNs), Deep Discount Bonds, Zero Coupon Bonds, Dual Currency Bonds, Equity related
Bonds. Procedure for Bonds Issues.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Shaprio, Alan. C.: Multinational Financial Management, Prentice Hall, New Delhi
2. Apte, P. G.: International Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
3. Buckley, Adrian: Multinational Finance, Prentice Hall, New Delhi
4. Eitman, D. K. and A. I. Stenehill: Multinational Business Cash Finance, Addison Wesley, New York
5. Henning, C. N., W. Pggot and W. H. Scott: International Financial Management, McGraw Hill,
International Edition.
6. Levi, Maurice D.: International Finance, McGraw Hill, International Edition
7. Rodrigues, R. M. and E. E. Carter: International Financial Management, Prentice Hall, International
Edition
8. Yadav, Surendra S, P. K. Jain and Max Peyrard: Foreign Exchange Markets, Mac Million, New Delhi
9. Zeneff, D. and J. Zwick: International Financial Management, Prentice Hall, International Edition.
10. Sharan: International Financial Management, PHI, New Delhi

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EC38 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
To provide the basics of insurance contracts and to explain the various types of insurance policies.

UNIT – I: Introduction to Insurance:


Insurance - Principles of Insurance - Insurance Contracts – Objectives of Insurance Contracts –
Elements of a valid contract – Characteristics of Insurance Contracts. benefits and cost of insurance system

UNIT – II: Types of Insurance:

139
Classification of Insurance - Life Insurance - Principles - Products - General Insurance – Principles of
general insurance – General Insurance Products (Fire, Motor, Health). Insurance Pricing – Insurance Market
& Regulation – Solvency regulation.

UNIT – III Risk Management:


Risk - Types of Risk – Objectives of risk management – Sources of risk – Risk Identification – Measurement
of risk. Understanding the cost of risk - the evolution of enterprise risk management.

UNIT – IV: Risk Management Techniques:


Risk Avoidance – Loss Control – Risk retention – risk transfer – Value of risk Management –Pooling and
diversification of risk - Options – Forward contracts – Future contracts – SWAPS – Hedging – Optimal
hedges for the real world.

UNIT V Insurance as a Risk Management Technique


Insurance Principles – Policies – Insurance Cost & Fair Pricing – Expected claim costs – Contractual
provisions that limit Insurance Coverage.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. DR. P.K.GUPTA: Insurance and Risk Management, 1st edition, Himalaya Publishing House.
2. DR. P.K.GUPTA: Fundamentals of Insurance, 1st edition, Himalaya Publishing House.
3. C.Gopala Krishnan : Insurance Principles & Practice, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd.,New Delhi.
4.. George G. R. Lucas, Ralph H.Wherry : INSURANCE, Principles and Coverages, U.S.A.
5. Prof. K.S. N.Murthy ad K.V.S. Sarma: Modern Law of Insurance In India, N.M.Tripathi Pvt.
Ltd., Bombay.
6. P.S.Palande, R.S. Shah, M.L.Lunawat: Insurance In India, Sage Publications, New Delhi.

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EC39 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: CORPORATE FINANCE

OBJECTIVE :
Student will acquire Nuances involved in short term corporate financing, Good ethical practices

UNIT I INDUSTRIAL FINANCE


Indian Capital Market – Basic problem of Industrial Finance in India. Equity – Debenture financing –
Guidelines from SEBI, advantages and disadvantages and cost of various sources of Finance - Finance from
international sources, financing of exports – role of EXIM bank and commercial banks– Finance for
rehabilitation of sick units.

140
UNIT II SHORT TERM-WORKING CAPITAL FINANCE
Estimating working capital requirements – Approach adopted by Commercial banks, commercial paper-
Public deposits and inter corporate investments.

UNIT III ADVANCED FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT


Appraisal of Risky Investments, certainty equivalent of cash flows and risk adjusted discount rate, risk
analysis in the context of DCF methods using Probability information, nature of cash flows, Sensitivity
analysis; Simulation and investment decision, Decision tree approach in investment decisions.

UNIT IV FINANCING DECISION


Simulation and financing decision - cash inadequacy and cash insolvency- determining the probability of
cash insolvency- Financing decision in the Context of option pricing model and agency costs- Inter-
dependence of investment- financing and Dividend decisions.

UNIT V CORPORATE GOVERNANCE


Corporate Governance - SEBI Guidelines- Corporate Disasters and Ethics- Corporate Social Responsibility-
Stakeholders and Ethics- Ethics, Managers and Professionalism.

TEXTBOOKS
1. Richard A.Brealey, Stewat C.Myers and Mohanthy, Principles of Corporate Finance, Tata McGraw Hill,
9th Edition, 2011
2. I.M.Pandey, Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House Pvt., Ltd., 12th Edition, 2012.

REFERENCES
1. Brigham and Ehrhardt, Corporate Finance - A focused Approach, Cengage Learning, 2nd Edition, 2011.
2. M.Y Khan, Indian Financial System, Tata McGraw Hill, 6th Edition, 2011
3. Smart, Megginson, and Gitman, Corporate Finance, 2nd Edition, 2011.
4. Krishnamurthy and Viswanathan, Advanced Corporate Finance, PHI Learning, 2011.
5. Website of SEBI

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EC42 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: MICRO FINANCE

Objectives: To enable the students to understand the principles, practices and application in Micro Finance.

UNIT I Introduction: Evolution: Impact and Importance: Micro Financial Services: Steps Initiated in
Development of Micro finance
UNIT II Role of Regulatory body in Micro finance: Rural Credit system: Self Help groups (SHG): What is
SHG: Features of SHG: Objectivity of SHG: Role of SHG in Micro finance: Self Help group promoting
institutions (SHPI): Formation of SHG: Credit Linkage

141
UNIT III Micro Finance Services: Weaker Sections: SHG-Bank Linkage: Banks and Financial
Intermediaries: SHG-Thrift, credit, and Other Financial Services
UNIT IV Formation and development of Micro Services. Micro Finance Institutions: Role of MFI in
developing Micro Finance: Enhancing Institutional Finance
UNIT V Micro Finance and Rural Development: Micro Credit Institutions: Non Government Organization
(NGO).Prospects of Micro Finance: RBI Role in Regulating: Bank’s Role in Micro Finance: Growth of
Micro Finance: Development of Micro Finance: Credit Plans: Credit Schemes: social Banking.
Reference Books
1. Micro finance and poverty reduction by susan johnson and bren rogaly – Oxfam 1997
2. Indian micro finance-the challenges of rapid growth-by prabu ghate – Sage 2007
3. Micro finance hand book - by jonna ledger wood – E book
4. Commercial banks in micro finance- by malcolm harper and sukhwinder singh aroroa – Teri Press
2005.

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EC43 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: STRATEGIC FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Objectives:To equip the students with necessary strategic knowledge and skills received to evaluate
discussions or capital restructuring, mergers and acquisitions.
UNIT I Sale of existing assets and making discussions on complex investment opportunities and managing
risk-Financial planning- Analyzing Financial Performance – Approaches to Financial Planning – Short-term
Financial Planning
UNIT II Strategic Alliances-Ownership Restructuring- Leveraged Buyouts- Sell Offs- Leveraged
Recapitalizations- Distress Restructuring-Merges & Acquisitions- Financial Frame Work- Merger as a
Capital Budgeting Decision- Legal and Tax Aspects- Post Merger Integration Issue,
UNIT III Acquisition/Take over Codes- Techniques – Defensive Strategies- Cross Boarder Deals
UNIT IV Corporate Sickness- The Magnitude- Different interpretation of Sickness- Causes- Turnaround-
Turnaround Types-Basic Approaches- Surgical Vs.Human – Phases in Turnaround Management-

142
UNIT V Strategy and Cost Management- Strategy Formulation and Cost System Design- Alternate
Strategies- Objectives of Cost Management Systems- Broken Cost System- Causes and Remedies- Cost of
Quality- Activity Based Costing principles-Target Costing.
Reference Books
1. Sharplin, ‘Strategic Management, Mc Graw Hill.
2. Weston J.Fred & E.F. Brigham, ‘Managerial Finance’ , Drydon Press
3. James C. Van Horne, ‘Financial Management and Policy’, Prentice Hall of India
4. M.Y. Khan, ‘ Financial Services’, Tata McGraw Hill-3rd Edition
5. Richard A. Brealey and Stewat C.Myers, ‘Principles of Corporate Finance’, Tata McGraw Hill.
6. Pradip M. Khandwalla, ‘Innovative Corporate Turnarounds’, Saga Publications
7. G.PJakhotiya, ‘Strategic Financial Management’, Vikas Publications

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EC44 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: MERCHANT BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES

OBJECTIVES: To enable student to Understand the modes of issuing securities, Acquire and financial
evaluation technique of leasing and hire purchase.
UNIT I MERCHANT BANKING
Introduction – An Over view of Indian Financial System – Merchant Banking in India – Recent
Developments and Challenges ahead – Institutional Structure – Functions of Merchant Bank - Legal and
Regulatory Framework – Relevant Provisions of Companies Act- SERA- SEBI guidelines- FEMA, etc. -
Relation with Stock Exchanges and OTCEI.

UNIT II ISSUE MANAGEMENT


Role of Merchant Banker in Appraisal of Projects, Designing Capital Structure and Instruments –
Issue Pricing – Book Building – Preparation of Prospectus Selection of Bankers, Advertising Consultants,
etc. - Role of Registrars –Bankers to the Issue, Underwriters, and Brokers. – Offer for Sale – Green Shoe
Option – E-IPO, Private Placement – Bought out Deals – Placement with FIs, MFs, FIIs, etc. Off - Shore
Issues. – Issue Marketing – Advertising Strategies – NRI Marketing – Post Issue Activities.

UNIT III OTHER FEE BASED SERVICES


Mergers and Acquisitions – Portfolio Management Services – Credit Syndication – Credit Rating – Mutual
Funds - Business Valuation.

143
UNIT IV FUND BASED FINANCIAL SERVICES
Leasing and Hire Purchasing – Basics of Leasing and Hire purchasing – Financial Evaluation.

UNIT V OTHER FUND BASED FINANCIAL SERVICES


Consumer Credit – Credit Cards – Real Estate Financing – Bills Discounting – factoring and
Forfaiting – Venture Capital.

TEXTBOOKS
1. M.Y.Khan, Financial Services, Tata McGraw-Hill, 12th Edition, 2012
2. Nalini Prava Tripathy, Financial Services, PHI Learning, 2011.

REFERENCES:
1. Machiraju, Indian Financial System, Vikas Publishing House, 2nd Edition, 2010.
2. J.C.Verma, A Manual of Merchant Banking, Bharath Publishing House, New Delhi,
3. Varshney P.N. & Mittal D.K., Indian Financial System, Sultan Chand & Sons, New
Delhi.
4. Sasidharan, Financial Services and System, Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi, 2nd Edition,
2011.
5. Website of SEBI

144
PRODUCTION &
OPERATIONS

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260ED33 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: PROJECT MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
This course focuses on project management methodology that will increase the ability of
students to initiate and manage projects more efficiently and effectively. Also they will learn key
project management phases through an innovative model.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Project Management – Definition –Goal - Lifecycles. Project Selection Methods. Project
Portfolio Process – Project Formulation. Project Manager – Roles- Responsibilities and Selection
– Project Teams.

UNIT II PLANNING AND BUDGETING


The Planning Process – Work Break down Structure – Role of Multidisciplinary teams. Budget
the Project – Methods. Cost Estimating and Improvement. Budget uncertainty and risk
management.

145
UNIT III SCHEDULING & RESOURCE ALLOCATION
PERT & CPM Networks - Crashing – Project Uncertainty and Risk Management – Simulation –
Gantt Charts – Expediting a project – Resource loading and leveling. Allocating scarce resources
– Goldratt’s Critical Chain.

UNIT IV CONTROL AND COMPLETION


The Plan-Monitor-Control cycle – Data Collecting and reporting – Project Control – Designing
the control system. Project Evaluation, Auditing and Termination.

UNIT V PROJECT ORGANISATION & CONFLICT MANAGEMENT


Project Management Information System: Computer based tools, features of PMIS, using project
management software, (MS Projects). Project Evaluation, Reporting & Termination: Project
reviews & reporting, closing the contract.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Clifford Gray and Erik Larson, Project Management, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2005.
2. John M. Nicholas, Project Management for Business and Technology - Principles and
Practice, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2006.
3. Gido and Clements, Successful Project Management, Second Edition, Thomson Learning,
2003.
4. Harvey Maylor, Project Management, Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2006.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260ED34 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: PLANNING & CONTROL OF OPERATIONS


OBJECTIVE:
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the methods of planning and control for
Operations. It helps to identify and discuss forecasting models in the qualitative and quantitative
areas.
UNIT - I
Planning & Control of Operations: Need, Functions - Routing, Scheduling, shop loading and
dispatch, follow up. Relations with other departments, Routing-Process layout indicating flow Chart
of material from machine to machine. Dispatch in production control-documentation.

UNIT - II
Demand Forecasting: Forecasting as a planning tool, Why do we forecast, Forecasting time
horizon, Design of forecasting systems, Developing the logic of forecasting, Sources of data,
Models for forecasting, Extrapolative methods using time series, Causal methods of forecasting,
Accuracy of forecasts, Using the forecasting system.

146
UNIT - III
Aggregate Production Planning: Planning Hierarchies in operations, Aggregate Production
planning, Need for Aggregate Production planning, Alternatives for managing demand, Alternatives
for managing supply, Basic strategies for aggregate production planning, Aggregate production
planning methods, Master Production Scheduling.

UNIT - IV
Resources Planning: Dependent Demand Attributes, Planning a framework - the basic building
blocks: Multiple levels in products, Product Structure, The Bill of Materials, Time phasing of the
requirements, Determining the Lot Size, Incorporating Lead time information, Establishing the
planning premises. MRP Logic, Using the MRP system, Capacity Requirements planning,
Manufacturing Resources Planning (MRP II), Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Resource
Planning in services.

UNIT - V
Scheduling of Operations: Need for Scheduling, Scheduling - Alternative terms, Loading of
machines, Scheduling Context, Scheduling of Flow Shops, Scheduling of Job Shops, Input-Output
Control, Operational Control Issues in Mass production systems.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Operations Management: Theory and Practice by B Mahadevan, Pearson, 2nd Edition.
2. Operations Management by Terry Hill, Palgrave, 2nd Edition
3. The fundamentals of Production Planning and Control by Stephen Chapman, Pearson, 1st
Ed.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260ED35 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT

OBJECTIVE:
This course helps to understand the dynamics of technological innovation and be familiar with
how to formulate technology strategies.
UNIT - I
Introduction
Definition, Characteristics of Technology, Role and Importance of Management of Technology -
Technological Environment - Levels of Environment - Changes in the Technological
Environment, Major Developments in Technological Environment.

UNIT - II
Innovation Management: Concept of Innovation; invention and creativity, Drivers and process of
innovation - Classification of innovation management of innovation. Technology Evolution -
Technology progression, Technology change agents, Evolutionary characteristics of technological
change - Drivers of Change in Value Chain, Modes of Value Chain Configuration, Value Chain
Configuration and Organizational Characteristics

147
UNIT - III
Technological Forecasting: Meaning of Technology forecasting, uses of Technology forecasting,
Technology forecasting techniques : Exploratory and Normative: technique; Process and
application of techniques like Delphi, Growth Curves, S- curve, Pearl Curve, Gompertz curve :
Relevance Tree, Morphological Analysis, Mission Flow Diagram

UNIT - IV
Technology and Competition
Competitive Consequences of Technological Change, Technological Characteristics of
Competitive Domains, Dynamics of Change in Competitive Domains - Technology Intelligence -
Technology Strategy

UNIT - V
Technology and Organizational Issues: Technological change and Industrial Relations,
Technology Assessment and Environmental Impact Analysis Integration of People and Technology,
Organizational and Psychological Factors, Organizational Structure.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Managing Technology and Innovat ion for Competitive Advantage, V. K. Narayanan, Pearson
Education.
2. Managing Technology – The Strategic View, Lowell W. Steel e, McGraw Hill.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260ED36 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT

OBJECTIVE:
The objective of this course is to get the exposure of logistics management and to understand the
relationship between the logistics and packaging.
UNIT - I: Introduction to Logistics and Competitive Strategy
Definition and Scope of Logistics – Functions and Objectives – Customer Value Chain – Service
Phases and Attributes – Value Added Logistics Services – Role of Logistics in Competitive
Strategy.

UNIT - II: Warehousing and Materials Handling


Warehousing Functions – Types – Site Selection – Decision Model – Layout Design – Costing –
Virtual Warehouse. Material Handling equipment and Systems – Role of Material Handling in
Logistics. Material Storage Systems – Principles – Benefits – Methods. Automated Material
Handling.

UNIT - III: Performance Measurement and Costs


Performance Measurement – Need, System, Levels and Dimensions. Internal and External
Performance Measurement. Logistics Audit. Total Logistics Cost – Concept, Accounting
Methods. Cost – Identification, Time Frame and Formatting.

148
UNIT - IV: Transportation and Packaging
Transportation System – Evolution, Infrastructure and Networks. Freight Management – Route
Planning – Containerization. Modal Characteristics, Inter–Modal Operators and Transport
Economies. Packaging– Design considerations, Material and Cost. Packaging as Unitization –
Consumer and Industrial Packaging.

UNIT - V: Current Trends


Logistics Information Systems – Need, Characteristics and Design. E-Logistics – Structure and
Operation. Logistics Resource Management. Automatic Identification Technologies. Warehouse
Simulation. Reverse Logistics – Scope, Design and as a Competitive Tool. Global Logistics –
Operational and Strategic Issues. Strategic Logistics Planning.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Douglas M Lambert et al, Fundamentals of Logistic Management, McGraw Hill, 1997.
2. Sople Vinod V, Logistics Management – The Supply Chain Imperative, Pearson
Education, Indian Reprint 2004.
3. Ronald H Ballou, Business Logistic Management, PHI, 2005.
4. Benjamin S Blanchand, Logistic Engineering and Management, Pearson Education,
2009.
5. Bloomberg David J et al., Logistics, Prentice Hall India, 2005.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260ED37 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
The objective of this course is to get the exposure of supply chain management and to
understand the relationship between the procurement and supply chain management.
UNIT - I: Introduction
Supply Chain – Fundamentals, Importance, Decision Phases, Process View. Supplier –
Manufacturer – Customer Chain. Drivers of Supply Chain Performance. Structuring Supply
Chain Drivers. Overview of Supply Chain Models and Modeling Systems.

UNIT - II: Strategic Sourcing


In-sourcing and Out-sourcing – Types of Purchasing Strategies. Supplier Evaluation, Selection
and Measurement. Supplier Quality Management. Creating a world class Supply Base. World
Wide Sourcing.

UNIT - III: Supply Chain Network


Distribution Network Design – Role, Factors Influencing, Options, Value Addition. Models for
Facility Location and Capacity Location. Impact of uncertainty on Network Design. Network
Design Decisions Using Decision Trees. Distribution Center Location Models. Supply Chain
Network Optimization Models.

UNIT - IV: Planning Demand, Inventory And Supply

149
Overview of Demand Forecasting in the Supply Chain. Aggregate Planning in the Supply
Chain. Managing Predictable Variability. Managing Supply Chain Cycle Inventory. Uncertainty
in the Supply Chain – Safety Inventory. Determination of Optimal Level of Product
Availability. Coordination in the Supply Chain.

UNIT - V: Current Trends


E–Business – Framework and Role of Supply Chain in e-Business and B2B Practices. Supply
Chain IT Framework. Internal Supply chain management. Fundamentals of Transaction
Management. Supply Chain in IT Practice. Supplier Relationship Management. Information
Systems Development. Packages in Supply Chain –eSRM, eLRM, eSCM. Supply Base
Management.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Sunil Chopra and Peter Meindi, Supply Chain Management–Strategy Planning and
Operation, Pearson Education, Third Indian Reprint, 2004.
2. Monczka et al., Purchasing and Supply Chain Management, Thomson Learning, Second
edition, Second Reprint, 2002.
3. Shapiro Jeremy F, Modeling the Supply Chain, 2nd Edition, Thomson Learning, 2002.
4. Janat Shah, Supply Chain Management Text and Cases, Pearson 2009
5. R P Mohanty and S G Deshmukh, Supply Chain Management Theory and Practices,
Biztantra, 2009.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260ED38 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: BUSINESS PROCESS REENGINEERING


OBJECTIVE:
The objectives of this course are to acquaint the student with understanding process orientation
in business management and develop skills and abilities in re-engineering and business process
for optimum performance.
UNIT - I
Introduction to Business Process Reengineering (BPR): Definition of business process -
History, Basics, Definition, Emergence of BPR, The need for reengineering, Benefits of BPR, Role
of leader & manager, Breakthrough reengineering model, BPR guiding principles, Business process
reengineering & performance improvement, Key targets of BPR.
UNIT - II
BPR in Manufacturing Industry: Introduction, Enablers of BPR in manufacturing Agile
Manufacturing, Lean Manufacturing, JIT, Collaborative Manufacturing, Intelligent Manufacturing,
Production Planning, Product design & development.
UNIT - III
BPR & Information Technology: Introduction, Relationship between BPR &Information
Technology, Role of Information Technology in reengineering, Role of IT in BPR (with practical
examples), Criticality of IT in business process, BPR tools & techniques, Enablers of process
reengineering, Tools to support BPR, Future role of IT in reengineering.
UNIT - IV
BPR implementation methodology: Reasons of implementation of BPR, Necessary attributes,

150
BPR team characteristics, BPR methodology, Different phases of BPR, BPR model, Common steps
to be taken for BPR implementation, Steps of process reengineering, Organizational redesign using
BPR, Impact of BPR on organizational performance, Performance measures of BPR, Business
process reengineering project management,
UNIT - V
Success factors and Managing barriers of BPR: Reengineering success factors, Critical success
factors of BPR, Reasons for BPR project failure & success, Reengineering drives cause many
changes - Potential project implementation success, Risks associated with business process
reengineering projects, Business process reengineering implementation barriers, Information
Technology barriers, A framework for barrier management.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Business Process Reengineering by Radhakrishnan, Balasubramanian, PHI,Eastern
Economy Edition, 2008.
2. Business Process Reengineering by Jayaraman, Ganesh Natrajan and Rangaramanujan,
TMGH.
3. Business Process Reengineering and Change Management by Dey, Biztantra

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260ED39 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: MATERIALS MANAGEMENT

OBJECTIVE:
To understand the working of a materials management department, Aspects of Stores
management, Warehousing management and material requirement planning.

UNIT – I Dynamics of material management , Level of material management, Scope,


Objective, Importance – Integrated material managements – System approach to material
managements

UNIT – II Warehousing management, purchasing cycle, materials handling


UNIT – III Vendor rating, contract management. Legal aspects of buying spare parts
management, material requirement planning,.
UNIT – IV Capacity management, Forecasting, Product & Processes, Just-in-time
manufacturing, TQM, Incoming, Material quality.
UNIT –V Cost-effectiveness & performance management, material management, Information
system, stores management, material management

151
Reference books
1. J.R. Tony Arnold & Stephen N. Chapman, Introduction to Materials Management, Pearson
Education Inc, 2001.
2. P. Gopalakrishnan, Purchasing and Materials Management, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi, 2001.
3. P. Gopalakrishnan & M. Sundaresan, Material Management an Integrated Approach, Prentice
– Hall of India Private Limited, New Delhi, 2001.
4. A.K. Datta, Materials Management, Inventory Control and Logistics, Jaico Publishing house,
Mumbai, 2001.
5. A.K. Datta, Materials Management Procedures, Text and Cases, Prentice- Hall of India Private
Limited, New Delhi, 2001.
6. P. Gopalakrishnan & A.K. Banergi, Maintenance and Spare Parts Management, Prentice Hall
of India Private Limited, New Delhi, 2001

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260ED42 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
To enable the students to understand the principles, practices and applications in Maintenance
Management.

UNIT – I Objectives, Importance of Maintenance- Roles and responsibilities of maintenance


professionals
UNIT – II Safety management- Productivity and maintenance. Scheduled maintenance –
preventive maintenance – predictive maintenance – planned maintenance – corrective
maintenance routine maintenance – inspection, lubrication, calibration and maintenance quality.
UNIT – III Typical causes of BDM- disadvantages- maintenance as a perspective of asset
management- Total Productive Management –Contract maintenance – Breakdown history and
other maintenance records

152
UNIT – IV Technical and financial factors for replacement – Methods of replacement analysis
salvaging spare parts procurement
UNIT – V warehousing and logistics management. Emerging trends in maintenance
management –Global scenario-Indian experience – need for maintenance training – Managing
obsolescence.

References:
1. Maintenance and spares Parts management – P Gopalakrishnan & A K Banerji.
Prentice Hall of India, 2007
2. Industrial Engineering and Management- O P Khanna. Dhanpat Rai & Sons,2008

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260ED43 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: SERVICE OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

OBJECTIVE:
To help understand how service performance can be improved by studying services operations management

UNIT I INTRODUCTION Services – Importance, role in economy, service sector – growth; Nature of services –
Service classification , Service Package, distinctive characteristics , open-systems view; Service Strategy – Strategic
service vision, competitive environment, generic strategies, winning customers; Role of information technology; stages
in service firm competitiveness; Internet strategies – Environmental strategies.
UNIT II SERVICE DESIGN New Service Development – Design elements – Service Blue-printing - process
structure – generic approaches –Value to customer; Retail design strategies – store size – Network configuration ;
Managing Service Experience –experience economy, key dimensions ; Vehicle Routing and Scheduling
UNIT III SERVICE QUALITY Service Quality- Dimensions, Service Quality Gap Model; Measuring Service
Quality –SERVQUAL- Walk-through Audit; Quality service by design - Service Recovery - Service Guarantees;
Service Encounter – triad, creating service orientation, service profit chain; Front-office Back-office Interface – service
decoupling.
UNIT IV SERVICE FACILITY Service gaps – behaviour - environmental dimensions – framework; Facility design
– nature, objectives, process analysis – process flow diagram, process steps, simulation; Service facility layout; Service

153
Facility Location – considerations, facility location techniques – metropolitan metric, Euclidean, centre of gravity,
retail outlet location , location set covering problem
UNIT V MANAGING CAPACITY AND DEMAND Managing Demand – strategies; Managing capacity – basic
strategies, supply management tactics, operations planning and control; Yield management; Inventory Management in
Services– Retail Discounting Model, Newsvendor Model; Managing Waiting Lines –Queuing systems, psychology of
waiting; Managing for growth- expansion strategies, franchising , globalization.

TEXT BOOKS
1. James A. Fitzsimmons, Service Management – Operations, Strategy, Information Technology,
Tata McGraw-Hill – 5th Edition 2006.
2. Richard Metters, Kathryn King-Metters, Madeleine Pullman, Steve Walton Successful Service
Operations Management, South-Western, Cengage Learning, 2nd Edition
REFERENCES
1. Cengiz Haksever, Barry Render, Roberta S. Russell, Rebert G. Murdick, Service Management and
Operations, Pearson Education – Second Edition.
2. Robert Johnston, Graham Clark, Service Operations Management, Pearson Education, 2 nd Edition, 2005.

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260ED44 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: PRODUCT DESIGN


OBJECTIVE:
To help Understand the application of structured methods to develop a product. Student gains
knowledge on how a product is designed based on the needs of a customer.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION: Defining Product, Types of products. Product development –
characteristics, duration and cost, challenges. Development Process: Generic Process- Adapting to
product types. Evaluation – decay curve – cost expenditure curve.
UNIT II PRODUCT PLANNING : Product Planning Process – Steps. Opportunity identification
– breakdown structure- product development charter. Product Life Cycle. Technology Life Cycle
- Understanding Customer Needs - Disruptive Technologies- Product Specification - Concept
Generation – Activity- Steps- Techniques.
UNIT III PRODUCT CONCEPT Selection – Importance, Methodology, concept Screening,
Concept Scoring. Concept Testing. Product Architecture- Definition, Modularity, implication,
Establishment, Delayed Differentiation, Platform Planning.
UNIT IV INDUSTRIAL DESIGN AND DESIGN TOOLS Industrial Design, Design for
Manufacturing-Value Engineering-Ergonomics-Prototyping-Robust Design- Design for X-failure
rate curve-product use testing-Collaborative Product development- Product development
economics-scoring model- financial analysis.
UNIT V PATENTS Defining Intellectual Property and Patents, Patent Searches and Application,

154
Patent Ownership and Transfer, Patent Infringement, New Developments and International Patent
Law.

TEXT BOOKS
1. Karl T. Ulrich, Steven D. Eppinger, Anita Goyal Product Design and Development,
Tata McGraw – Hill, Fourth Edition, reprint 2009.
2. Kenneth B.Kahn, New Product Planning, Sage, 2010.

REFERENCES
1. A.K. Chitale and R.C. Gupta, Product Design and Manufacturing, PHI, 2008.
2. Deborah E. Bouchoux, Intellectual Property Rights, Delmar, Cengage Learning, 2005.
3. Anil Mital. Anoop Desai, Anand Subramanian, Aashi Mital, Product Development, Elsevier,
2009.
4. Michael Grieves, Product Life Cycle Management, Tata McGraw Hill , 2006.
5. Kerber, Ronald L, Laseter, Timothy M., Strategic Product Creation, Tata-McGraw Hill, 2007.

155
LOGISTICS AND
SUPPLY CHAIN
MANAGEMENT

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EE33 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: PURCHASING AND PROCUREMENT MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
The objective of this module is to provide the students with a good knowledge on purchase function of the
organization, material planning, source selection and negotiation techniques.
UNIT I The role of Purchase in business, Objectives, Relationship of purchasing department with Other
Departments, Profit Centre Concept, Partnership Sourcing, Network Sourcing, Benchmarking, Buying
Decision Models, Purchasing Market Research, Role of Information Technology in Purchasing and the
Portfolio of Purchasing Skills.
UNIT II Materials Planning, Materials Codification: Evolution of Codes, Classification, Methodology,
Advantages. Standardization: Definition, Specification, Advantages, Techniques. Value Analysis: Concept,
Organization for Value Analysis, Application, Techniques, Steps for Value Analysis.
UNIT III Supply Sources: Importance of Source Selection, Vendor Development & Maintenance, Vendor

156
Rating, Competitive Bidding, Selecting the Source. Pricing Principles: Economic Consideration in
Determining the Right Price, Price Analysis, Discounts. Cost Analysis: Elements of Affecting Costs, Sources
of Cost Data, Direct & Indirect Costs, Target Costing.
UNIT IV Purchasing capital equipment – contract buying, retail buying, engineering and construction
contracting, state and institutional purchasing, international buying, negotiations. Purchasing Environment:
Changes in Environmental Conditions, Strategic Purchasing Management.
UNIT V Negotiation: Objectives, Process, Techniques, Price Negotiation Contract Management. Import
Substitution Public Buying Traffic: Transportation Cost, Shipping Terms, Modes of Transportation, Loss and
Damage of Freight, Demurrage, Transportation Strategy and Cost reduction.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Dobler & Burt : Purchasing & Supply Management
2. P. Gopala Krishan : Purchasing & Materials Management
3. L.N. Aggarwal & Parag Diwan : Management & Production Systems
4. N.G. Nair : Production & Operations Management

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EE34 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: MATERIAL MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
The aims of the course are to make the students familiar, understand and realize the importance of effective
materials management to an organization’s survival and profitability. Also, they learn about the major
activities of materials management and linkages between one another.
UNIT I: Material management: objectives, evolution, strategies, functions of material management,
organization structures in material management, role of material management techniques in improved
material productivity.
UNIT II: Material planning: objectives, material requirement planning, manufacturing resource planning, JIT
production planning, strategic material planning, material control: acceptance, sampling, inspection, make or
buy decisions, economic analysis, break even analysis, breakeven point theory, whether to add or drop a
product line, product explosion.
UNIT III: Purchasing: importance of good purchasing system, organization of purchasing functions,
purchase policy and procedures, responsibility and limitations, purchasing decisions, purchasing role in new

157
product development, role of purchasing in cost reduction, negotiations and purchase, purchasing research:
identification of right sources of supply, vendor rating, standardization, vendor certification plans, vendor
and supply reliability, developing new source of supply.
UNIT IV: Cost reduction: cost control v/s cost reduction, price analysis, material cost reduction techniques,
variety reduction, cost reduction and value improvement, techniques of cost control, standard costing, cost
effectiveness, cost analysis for material management, material flow cost control.
UNIT V: Inventory Management: Stages; Selective Control; Demand Forecasting; Lead time; Safety Stock;
Fixed Quantity Reorder System; Fixed Period Reorder System; Inventory Valuation. Warehousing and
Transportation: Warehouse Location; Transportation; Receiving, Issuing and Store Keeping.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Materials Management, Gopalkrishna & Sudarsan, TMH
2. Materials Management - Procedures, Texts&Cases, A.K.Dutta, Pearson
3. Hand Book of Materials Management – Gopal Krishnan – PHI
4. Inventory Control and Management – Waters – Wiley
5. Procurement Principles& Mgt.– Bailey/Farmer/Crocker/Jessop– Pearson

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EE35 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: INVENTORY MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
The objective of this module is to provide the students with a good knowledge on corporate business
communication channel, hierarchy and the report writing methodologies.
Unit I Inventory – Inventory Management- Inventory Control - Importance & Scope of Inventory Control - Types
of Inventory - Costs Associated with Inventory – Organizational set up for inventory management.

Unit II Selective Inventory Control - Economic Order Quantity - Safety Stocks - Inventory Management Systems
- Forecasting Techniques - Material Requirement Planning and execution – Ratio Analysis on Inventory-Profit
Margin.

Unit III Manufacturing Planning (MRP-II) - Just in Time (JIT) - Work in Process Inventories - Make or Buy
Decisions: Concept of outsourcing, Factors influencing Make Or Buy Decisions - Trends in Make Or Buy
Decisions in context of core competency.

Unit IV Purpose of Inventory - Goods – Types of Goods - Finished Goods Inventories - General Management of
Inventory – Stocks – Types of Stocks –Tracking the Paper Life.

158
Unit V Spare Parts Inventories - Use of Computers in Inventory Management - Evaluation of Performance of
Materials Function - Criteria and methodology of evaluation.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Inventory Management: By Bose & D Chandra, 1st edition.
2. Sridhara Bhat, Inventory Management, 2nd edition.
3. Zipkin, Foundations of Inventory Management, McGraw Hill 1st edition.
4. Seetharama L Narasimhan, Dennis W McLeavy, Peter J Billington, Production Planning and Inventory
Control, Prentice Hall of India
5. J.R.Tony Arnold, Stephen N Chapman, Introduction to materials management, Prentice Hall of India
3rd edition.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EE36 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
At the end of the subject, the students will be able to analyze an existing supply chain of a company, apply
various supply chain management concepts, and improve the supply chain and design an efficient supply
chain in alignment with the strategic goals of the company.
UNIT I The concept of Supply Chain Management - The Supply Chain Revolution - Extended organization -
Integrative Management – Responsiveness – Financial Sophistication – Globalization - Digital Business
Transformation.
UNIT II Building Blocks of a Supply Chain Network – Performance Measures – Decisions in the Supply
Chain World – Models for Supply Chain Decision-making – Economic Order Quantity Model – Reorder
Point Model.
UNIT III Supply Chain Process - Supply Chain Planning – Supply Chain Facilities Layout – Capacity
Planning – Inventory Optimization – Dynamic Routing and Scheduling.
UNIT IV E-procurement – E-Logistics – Internet Auctions – E-Markets - E commerce advantages and
disadvantages for SCM – EDI – Exchanges, hubs and marketplaces – ERP.
UNIT V Evolution of world class supply chains - Global Supply Chain Integration- Supply Chain Security-
International Sourcing.

159
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Supply Chain Logistics Management - Bowersox, Closs & Cooper – McGraw-Hill, 2nd Indian ed.
2. World Class Supply Management - Burt, Dobbler, Starling, TMGH, 7th ed.
3. Designing and Managing the supply chain - David Simchi, Levi & Philip Kaminski, McGraw-Hill
Companies Inc., 2000.
4. Y. Narahari and S. Biswas. Supply Chain Management: Models and Decision Making.
5. Ram Ganeshan and Terry P. Harrison. An Introduction to Supply Chain Management.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EE37 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
The course outlines the historical background of Logistics Management. It reconsiders to prepare students to
acquire knowledge and skills that lead them to fill management and analysis in positions that will enable
them to focus on the processes and systems of Logistics Management.
UNIT I Logistics – Objectives, Components, Significance - The Logistical Value Proposition- The Work Of
Logistics-Logistical Operating Arrangements - Supply Chain Synchronization – Logistic fields - The Quality
Imperative - Procurement – Manufacturing – Logistics Outsourcing – Logistics Automation.
UNIT II Inventory Functionality and Definitions - Inventory Carrying Cost - Planning Inventory -Managing
Uncertainty - Inventory Management Policies - Inventory Management Practices.
UNIT III Strategic Warehousing - Warehousing Operations - Warehousing Ownership Arrangements -
Warehouse Decisions.
UNIT IV Transport Functionality, Principles and Participants - Transportation Service - Transportation
Economic and Pricing - Transport Administration – Documentation.
UNIT V Packaging Perspectives - Packaging For Materials Handling Efficiency – Principles of Material
Handling System - Materials Handling Equipments – Safety Issues.
SUGGESTED READINGS:

1. Harrison, A. and R van Hoek (2005). Logistics Management and Strategy (2nd Edition) Prentice

160
Hall.
2. Muller, M. (2003), Essentials of inventory management, American Management Association, NY
10019

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EE38 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: CUSTOM HOUSE PRACTICE AND LEGALITIES

OBJECTIVE:
The subject deals with the business transaction with the Customs and Central Excise for successfully
executing an Import or Export transaction. This deal with various rules and regulations and schemes adopted
by the Indian Customs as per the directions of the Ministry of Finance and provides an opportunity for the
student to get a job opportunity in a CUSTOM HOUSE AGENCY.
UNIT I: Role of Customs - Powers of Customs - Custom House Agent - Custom house agents duties -
Licensing of Custom House Agents - Restrictions of Custom House Agents - Customs Power to bring a
ceiling on the License - Temporary and regular license - Customs Power to Advise fees chargeable by
Custom House Agent.
UNIT II: Import Bill Processing - Important Papers for filing Bill of Entry - Apprising - Open Inspection -
Payment of Duties - Out of Charge - Clearance of goods - payment of duties - Duty exemption - Bonding of
Cargo - Ex bonding.
UNIT III: Export Bills - Important papers for filing Shipping Bills - Factory Stuffing - Port or CFS Stuffing
- Supervision by Customs - Sealing and print out - Custom officer overtime - Importance of Shipping Bill -
Comparison of Shipping Bill with Mate's Receipt and Bills of Lading.
UNIT IV: Duties and Obligations - Liabilities of Custom house agents - Custom house agent and
Information Technology - ICE GATE and On line filing of Bills - Records to be maintained by Custom
House Agents .
UNIT V: Custom House Licensing - Certification and Qualifications to become a Custom House Agent -
Rule 8 -G Card - Identity to enter Custom Houses - Power of Customs to cancel the License of a CHA -

161
Draw backs and Duties - Support of CHA to Importers and Exporters.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Hand Book of Procedure of Exim Policy 1997-2002.

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EE39 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: EXPORT TRADE AND DOCUMENTATION


OBJECTIVE:
The objective of this module is to provide the students with a good knowledge on Export trade, types of
trades, formalities for trade, legalities of export trade and the documentation process of it.
Unit I Exporting Preliminary Consideration -Generation of Foreign enquiries, obtaining local quotation &
offering to overseas buyers scrutinizing export order, opening L/C by buyers- Export Controls and Licenses
–Patent, Trade Mark, Copy Right Registrations – Confidentiality and NDA.
Unit II Export Sales – Selling and Purchasing- Consignment - Leases – Marine and Air Causality Insurances
- Export Finance - Forex - Major currencies, Exchange rates, relations & impact - Export costing and pricing
& Inco terms – Export License – Import License.
Unit III Export Packaging - Preparation of pre shipment documentation – Methods of Transportation –
Country of Origin Marking- Inspection of Export consignment - Export by Post, Road, Air & Sea - Claiming
for Export benefits and Duty drawbacks.
Unit IV Shipment & Shipping documents - Complicated problems in shipments & negotiation of shipping
documentations - Corporate marketing strategies - 100% EOU & Free trade zone - Deemed Export –Isolated
Sales Transactions.
Unit V Acts for export/import - Commencement - Customs Formalities - Export Documentation - Export of
Services - Export of Excisable Goods - Import Documentation - Clearance - 100% export oriented units -
customs house agents - import of different products - import/export incentives - import licenses etc.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Export and Import Procedures and Documentations – Thomas E Johnson and Donna L
Bade – 4th Edition.
2. Export Import Procedures- Documentation and Logistics, Publisher: New Age International,

162
Shri C Rama Gopal, Chartered Accountant.
3. Export Import Management, Justin Paul & Rajiv Aserkar.
4. Export Management, P K Khurana

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EE42 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: QUALITY MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
The objective of this module is to provide the students with a good knowledge and importance of quality
concept, quality culture, quality control and organizations for quality. It also incorporates the managerial
reasoning and analyzing in order to derive an appropriate course of action by focusing quality in products
and services.
UNIT I Quality - Concepts, Role of Quality in Changing Business Conditions, Contributions of Deming, Juran,
Philip Crossby, Kaizen and Continuous Improvement, Trade off between Quality Costs and Schedules, Quality
Costs and its Analysis, Life Cycle Costs, Quality Problems and Causes.

UNIT II Pareto Analysis, Ishikawa Cause and Effect Diagnosis. Quality Control - Control of Quality, quality
control techniques, Statistical Process Control, Control Charts, Acceptance Sampling.

UNIT III Strategic Quality Management, Quality Management in Marketing, Quality Management in Designing,
Quality Management in Manufacturing, Quality Management in Suppliers, Quality Management System.

UNIT IV Total Quality Management - Concepts, Organization for Quality, Developing a Quality Culture.
Quality Certification - Quality Assurance, ISO 9000 Series Concepts and Procedure – Six Sigma, Certification
Requirements – Standards for Quality.

UNIT V Introduction to Benchmarking – Quality Function Deployment – Quality Circle – Quality Awards.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Juran, J.M. & Gryna, P.M. Quality Planning z& Analysis
2. James Evans and William M Lidsay, The Management and Control of Quality, Thomson Learning, 5th
edition, 2002.
3. Narayana V and N S Sreenivasan, Quality Management-Concepts and Tasks, New Age International,
1996.
4. Shailendra Nigam, Total Quality Management, Excel Books, New Delhi.
5. Feigenbaum.A.V. “Total Quality Management, McGraw-Hill, 1991

163
SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EE43 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: AIR CARGO LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT

OBJECTIVE:
The objective of this module is to provide the students with a good knowledge of airfreight operations,
services and management that can support them in various business functions and roles such as operations,
customer service, account management and sales.
Unit I Introduction to Airline Industry - History - Regulatory Bodies - Navigation systems – Air Transport
System– Management –Operations – Civil Aviation - Safety and Security - Aircraft operator’s security
program – ICAO security manual - Training and awareness – Rescue and fire fighting - Industry regulations -
Future of the Industry.
Unit II Introduction to Air Cargo: Aviation and airline terminology - IATA areas - Country – Currency–
Airlines - Aircraft lay out - different types of aircraft - aircraft manufacturers - ULD - International Air
Routes - Airports - codes – Consortium –Hub & Spoke – Process Flow.
Unit III Standardization in Logistics - Air freight Exports and Imports - Sales & Marketing , Environment,
Marketing Research, Strategies and Planning, Audits, Segmentation, SWOT, Marketing Management
Control, Consignee controlled cargo –Sales leads – Routing Instructions - Customer service, Future trends..
Unit IV Advices – Booking - SLI – Labeling – Volume/ Weight Ratio – Shipment Planning - TACT – Air
Cargo Rates and Charges - Cargo operations- Cargo Operations process- Customs clearance.
Unit V Air Freight Forwarding: Air freight Exports and Imports - Special Cargoes - Consolidation -
Documentation - Air Way Bill (AWB) – Communication – Handling COD shipments – POD –Conditions of
contract - Dangerous (DGR) or Hazardous goods.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Air transport logistics by Simon Taylor (Hampton)
2 Air cargo distributions: a management analysis of its economic and marketing benefits / [by] Paul
Jackson and William Brackenridge (Gower Press)
3 Air freight: operations, marketing and economics / (by) Peter S. Smith ( Faber)
4 4th Party Cyber Logistics for Air Cargo by Sung Chi-Chu (Boston : Kluwer Academic Publishers)
5 Accelerated Logistics by Mark Wang (Santa Monica CA)

164
6. Airports; some elements of designs and future development-John Walter wood
7. Fundamental of air transport management by P.S.Senguttavan.
8. Oxford ATLAS-OXFORD PUBLISHING
9. Aviation century: wings of change- A global survey-Ratandeep singh-jain book

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EE44 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: SHIPPING AND OCEAN FREIGHT LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
The objective of this module is to provide the students with a good knowledge of ocean freight operations,
services and management that can support them in various business functions and roles such as operations,
customer service, account management and sales.
Unit I Shipping industry and business - description of a ship. Uses of a ship or a floating vessel.
Classification of ship (route point) (cargo carried) - superstructure - tonnages & cubics - drafts & load lines -
flag registration - Different types of cargo. (packaging, utility or value). Trimming - Cleansing -Unitized
cargo.
Unit II Stevedoring, Lighterage Services and Security - Port trusts -operational unit - services – Seaports –
Vessel Operations – pilotage - Stevedoring - Dock Labour Boards - charges – Automated Container
Handling - security at ports and harbors. Role of security agencies - lighterage services.
Unit III Shipping Lines - Hub & Spoke - Process flow - Advices – Booking - Containerization – Containers –
Container numbering - Process flow - Shipping Sales – Leads – Quotations - Customer Service.
Unit IV Operations - Volume / Weight calculations - Shipment Planning basics – Preparing & loading
containers– Types of container services - FCL - Consolidation –LCL - Advanced Scientific shipment
planning –Container de-stuffing.
Unit V Documentation - Bill of Lading basics – MBL - HBL – CY – CFS - Advanced learning in Bills of
Lading - Sea Way bill - Combined transport - MTO – Multimodal Transport Document (MTD) - Invoicing -
Release of cargo - Cross Trade & Documentation - Conditions of Contract – Managing Key Accounts –
Trade Lane Development – Consortium.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Carriage of goods by sea / John F. Wilson (Harlow : Longman).
2. Containerization / (by) J.R. Whittaker (Hemisphere ; Wiley)
3. The economics of tramp shipping / (by) B.N. Metaxas. (Athlone Press)
4. Shipping and Logistics Management by Yuen Ha Lun, Kee Hung Lai, Tai Chiu Edwin Cheng (Springer)
5. Getting the Goods: Ports, Labor, and the Logistics Revolution by Edna Bonacich and Jake B. Wilson
(Cornell University Press)

165
6. Ocean Freights and Chartering by Cyril Frederick Hardy Cufley (Adlard Coles Nautical)
7. Logistics and Distribution Management by Alan Rushton, Phil Croucher & Peter Baker (CILT)

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

166
SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EF33 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: INTERNATIONAL MARKETING

Objectives: To understand the principles & concepts in Marketing, to provide the knowledge of marketing
management in the international perspective to develop marketing strategies for the dynamic international
markets.
Unit 1: International Marketing: Scope and Significance of International Marketing, the strategic importance
of international marketing, Differences between international and domestic marketing. Need for international
trade, trends in foreign trade. International market environment - Business Customs in International Market.

Unit 2: Canalising and targeting international market opportunities: regional market Characteristics,
Marketing in transitional economies and third world countries, international market segmentation and
targeting. International Market Entry Strategies: Indirect Exporting, Domestic Purchasing, Direct Exporting,
Foreign Manufacturing Strategies Without Direct Investment, Foreign Manufacturing Strategies With Direct
Investment. Entry Strategies of Indian Firms.

Unit 3: International product management: International product positioning, Product saturation Levels in
global Market, International product life cycle, Geographic Expansion Strategic Alternatives. New products
in Intentional Marketing, Product and culture, brands in International Market.

Unit 4: International Marketing Channels: channels Distribution Structures, Distribution Patterns, Factors
effecting Choice of Channels, the Challenges in Managing An international Distribution Strategy Selecting
Foreign Country Market intermediaries. The management of physical distribution of goods.

Unit 5: Pricing and Promotion for international Markets: Environmental influences on Pricing Decisions,
Grey Market goods, Transfer pricing, Global Pricing Policy Alternatives. Global Advertising and brandy,
selecting an advertising agency. Personal selling, Sales Promotion, Public Relations and Publicity,
Sponsorship Promotion. Export Policy Decisions of a firm, EXIM policy of India. Export costing and
pricing, Export procedures and export documentation. Export assistance and incentives in India.

Text Books
1. Philip Kotler,(2010), Marketing Management- The South Aisan Perspective, Pearson
2. warren J. keegan(2010): Global Marketing Management’ Pearson Education
Reference Books:
1) Svend Hollensen (2010): Global Marketing: A Decision-Oriented Approach- 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education.
2) Ramasamy, Namakumari (2010) Marketing Management, McMillan Publishers
3) Saxena: Marketing Management (Tata McGraw-Hill)

167
SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EF34 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: INTERNATIONAL HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

Objectives: To provide insight from International Human Resource Management (IHRM) to give an overview and the
practical implications of operating across national borders in the pursuit of core strategic competences, the
management of global organizational values and culture, and the competition for talent.
Unit-1: Introduction and Overview- Global Market Context-Key Perspective in Global Workforce Management-
Cultural Foundations of International Human resource Management- Understanding culture-Major models of National
Culture- final Caveats on Culture and Global Workforce Management- Changes and challenges in the Global Labor
Market- Globalization-Technological Advancement- change in labour force Demographics and Migration-Emerging
on the contingent workforce- Offshore sourcing- global workforce Management challenges.

Unit-2: The key role on International HRM in Successful MNC Strategy-Knowledge Transfer-Global Leadership
training and Development-Strategic Control Needs-Competitive strategy of Multinational corporations-Structuring for
Optimal global Performances- Linking Human Resource management practices to Competitive Strategy and
Organization Structure- Paradigm Shift of international Human Resource Management form contingency model to
Process Development.

Unit-3:Global Human Resource Planning From strategy to Decision about work Demand and labour supply External
Environment Scanning- Job Design for Meeting global Strategy work demand HR planning for the Long term-Global
Staffing: General Actors Affecting Global Staffing-Global Recruitment of Human Resources-Global selection of
Human Resources.

Unit-4:Global workforce Training and Development : Strategic role of Training and Development in the global Market
Place- Fundamental concepts and principles for Guiding global Training and Development- Training imperative for the
global workforce- Managing International Assignments- Expatriate Preparation, Foreign Assignment an Repatriation-
International Assignments considerations for Special Expatriates-New and Flexible International Assignments.

Unit-5: Global workforce performance Management: Performing Management Process- Important consideration for
Global Performance Management-Planning and Implementing Global Performance Appraisal- Compensation for a
Global workforce- Managing Compensation on a global Scale: Fundamental Practices-Key compensation for
Expatriates, HCN s and TNC s Global Employee Relations- current ER issues-Influence of MNC s and Union on
Global ER.

References:
1. Charles M Vance and Yongsunpaik, Managing Global workforce,PHI,2009.
2. Mark E.Mendenhall, Gary R.Oddou, Gunter K.Stahl, Reading and Cases in International
3. Human Resource Management,Routledge, Fourth Edition,2007.
4. Tony Edwards and Chris Rees: International Human Resource Management, Pearson,2009.
1. Bhatia S.K. 2005. International Human Resource Management: A Global Perspective: ractices and
Strategies for Competitive Success, Deep and Deep Book Publishers, New Delhi,
2. Dessler, G. 2005 . Human Resource Management (10th Ed.), Prentice Hall Publishing Company
Limited,

168
SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EF35 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: CROSS CULTURAL MANAGEMENT

Objectives: To provide a thorough understanding of the impact of an international context on management


practices based on culture. To explain and evaluate frameworks for guiding cultural and managerial practice
in international business.
Unit-1: Introduction Determinants of Culture Facets of culture Levels of Culture National Cultural
dimensions in the business context The influence of National Culture on business culture. Business Cultures:
East and West.

Unit-2: Cultural Dimensions and Dilemmas: Value orientations and Dimensions Reconciling cultural
dilemmas Culture and Styles of Management: Management tasks and cultural values.

Unit-3: Culture and Organizations: Culture and corporate structures Culture and Leadership Culture and
Strategy Cultural change in Organizations- Culture and marketing Cultural Diversity.

Unit- 4: Culture and Communications: Business communication across cultures Barriers to intercultural
communication Negotiating Internationally.

Unit-5: Cross Cultural Team Management: Working with International teams Groups processes during
international encounters Conflicts and cultural difference Understanding and dealing with conflicts
Developing Intercultural relationships.
References
Marie-joelle Browaeys and Roger Price: Understanding Cross-Cultural Management, Pearson, 2010.
David C.Thomas: Cross Cultural Management, 2/e, Sage Publications, 2008.
Nigel Holdon, Cross Cultural Management: Knowledge Management Perspective, Pentice Hall, 2001.
Parissa Haghirian: Multinational and Cross Cultural Management, Routledge, 2010.
Richard Mead: International Management-Cross cultural Dimension, 3/e, Blackwell, 2005.
Text Books
1. Helen Deresky , International Management: Managing across Borders and Cultures, 5th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2009
2. Richard M. Hodgetts & Fred Luthans, (2005), International Management, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
Publications, New Delhi,
Reference Books:
1. Hodgetts ,R.,M.,& Luthans F, (2005), International Management , Tata McGraw Hill Publications, New
Delhi.
Hill, C. (2007) International Business: Competing in the Global Marketplace. (6th ed) Tata McGraw-Hill.

169
SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EF36 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: GLOBAL LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT


Objective: The course provides the analytical framework for understanding the logistic models and supply
chain techniques in an international perspective.
UNIT I Logistics Management: Concepts – Importance – Elements of the logistic System – Marketing and
logistic mix – Logistics and marketing interface – Value-chain and production efficiency.

UNIT II Shipping Industry: Types of ships – Shipping systems: linear, Tramp, conference, chartering, Baltic
freight exchange – Shipping intermediaries: agent , forwarder, brokers and others – containerization – types
of containers – ICDs – CFS – CONCOR.

UNIT III Air Transport: Air transport – Air freight – IATA – Cargo handling – Designing the International
Information system – system modules – Distribution and Transportation.

UNIT IV Supply chain: Definition – scope and importance of supply chain – supply chain drivers and
metrics - efficient and responsive supply chain - Designing supply chain network: Distribution network –
Factor influencing distribution - Transportation decision in supply chain management

UNIT V Forecasting and planning in supply chain management – Pricing in supply chain management- Role
of IT in supply chain management - co-ordination in supply chain management.
Text Books
1. Chopra S and P Meindl “Supply chain management: Strategy, planning and operations”

David P, “International Logistics” Biztantra, New Delhi , 2006.


Reference Books:
1. Donald J Bowersox Davi J Class” Logistics Management, Tata Mc.Graw Hill,New Delhi.
2. David Stewart ,”International Supply chain Management”, Cengage publications,2008.

3. Reji Ismail,“Logistics Management” Excel Books, 2008.

170
SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EF37 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: INTERNATIONAL TRADE PROCEDURES AND DOCUMENTATION

Objectives: It gives an understanding on the India’s trade Position in the World and the various trade
procedures involved in an international business. It gives an insight to the various documents required for
trading.
UNIT I International Trade: Need and importance of International Trade – Recent Trends in World Trade –
Leading players – India’s Foreign Trade – Commodity composition and Destination – India’s position in
World merchandise trade and services – India’s Foreign Trade Policy.

UNIT II Export Procedure: Starting an export firm – Selection of an export product – Market selection –
Buyer selection - Registration procedure with Sales Tax, Central Exercise and various Boards and councils –
Exim code number – Elements of export contract- Incoterms – Terms of payment and Letter of Credit.

UNIT III Export Documentation: Types of documents – Transport, Negotiation and Insurance documents.

UNIT IV Export Finance: Sources of Finance - Role of commercial bank, EXIM Bank, ECGC and others –
Export promotion Schemes – Insurance for Export – Types – export credit insurance – Risk Management –
Types of risks – mitigation methods.

UNIT V Import Procedure and Documentation: Global sourcing – Types of global procurement – Tender –
Negotiation – Contract and others – Customs regulations and import clearance formalities – Types of import
licenses- Export Promotion Capital Goods Scheme (EPCG) license- Duty exemption scheme – Duty
Entitlement Pass Book Scheme (DEPBS)- Import formalities for 100% EOUs and SEZs - Import Risk
Management. .
Text Books
1. Aseem Kumar “Export and Import Management”, Excel Books, 2007
2. David Stewart ,”International Supply chain Management”, Cengage publications,2008

Reference Books:
1. Jeevanandam C “Foreign Exchange : Practices Concepts and control” Sultan chand Publications, 2002.
2. Foreign Trade Policy: Hand book of Export Procedure and Annual of the Ministry of Commerce,
Government of India.
3. Export and Import Manual, Nabhi Publications, New Delhi.
4. World Development Indicator, World Bank Publication

171
SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EF38 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: INTERNATIONAL STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT


Objectives: The objective of the course is to familiarize the participants with the concepts, tools and
techniques of international strategic management so as to enable them develop analytical and conceptual
skills and the ability to look at the totality of situations.
UNIT I Concept, Characteristics and Dimensions of Strategic Management – Emergence of International
Strategic Management (ISM) – Logic and process of Internationalization – Forces necessitating the adoption
of ISM concept by MNC’s as well as Indian Companies – Corporate global strategy

UNIT II Nature, components and significance of environmental scanning – Corporate capability analysis –
Diagnosing industry globalization potential – Building global market participation – Competition in global
industries

UNIT III Core competencies – Significance of core competence concept in strategy making – Value Chain
Analysis – Significance of value chain analysis in strategy making – Balanced Scorecard to link today’s
action with tomorrow’s goals

UNIT IV Setting corporate objectives in MNC’s – External and internal forces interacting with corporate
objectives ¬– Identifying strategic alternatives – Stability strategy – Growth and diversification strategy –
Merger , acquisitions and retrenchment

UNIT V Choice of corporate strategy : CIT, CASCADE and PORTFOLIO MODELS – Formulating generic
competitive strategy – Implementing corporate strategy – Strategic control and operational control
Text Books
1. John A. Pearce & Richard B Robinson. Strategic Management AITBS Publication.
Reference Books:
1.Azhar Kazmi, Business Policy, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co Ltd, New Delhi,
2.Srivastava, Management Policy and Strategic Management, Himalaya Publishing Co.
3.Porter.M, Competitive Strategy Techniques for Analyzing Industries and competitors,
The Free Press, New York.
4.Thompson and Strickland, Strategic Management – Concepts and Cases, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi.

172
SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EF39 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: GLOBAL BUSINESS ETHICS & CORPORATE GOVERNANCE


Objectives: The course is to sensitize the students to issues pertaining to sustainable development and
business ethics and enable development and business ethics and enable them to understand the implications
of various statutory and policy guidelines concerning corporate governance for actual business decision
making.
UNIT I Business Ethics – trans-cultural Human Values in Management Education – Relevance of Values in
Management – Need for values in Global Change – Indian Perspective – Values for Global managers

UNIT II Ethical Dilemma – Ethical decision making – Ethical Reasoning – Benefits of managing ethics in
work place – Organization Ethics Development System - Organizational Couture – Ethics Tools – Cdoe of
ethics – Guidelines for developing code of ethics – Value based leadership

UNIT III Work ethics – work culture – Ethical theories – Ethical Values – Environmental ethics -
Environmental Management - Environmental Management System - Environmental Laws - Consumer
Protection

UNIT IV Corporate Governance – Meaning – Code of Corporate Governance – Audit Committee –


Corporate Excellence – Role of Independent Directors – protection of Stakeholders – Corporate Social
Responsibility – Changing Role of Corporate Boards with chaining times – Corporate Governance for
Market capitalism

UNIT V Indian Ethos in Management – Principles – Approaches – Role of Gita – Karma Yoga – Wisdom
Management – Quality of Work Life –Strategies for Work Life Balance
Text Books
1. John R Boatright, (2007), Ethics and the conduct of Business- Dorling Kindersley( India ) Pvt Ltd New
Delhi for Pearson Education,Third Impression

Reference Books:
1. Chakraborty,S,K., Management by Values, Oxford University press
2. Balasubramanian,R., Corporate Governace, IIM Banagalore
3. Laura P. Hartman, Perspectives in Business Ethics, Tata McGraw Hill
4. Bhatia, S.K., Business Ethics and Corporate Governance
5. Bowie Norman, Business Ethics, Prentice Hall
6. Laura P Hartman, Perspectives in Business Ethics-Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
7. O C F errell,John Paul Frederich, Linda Ferrell; Business Ethics –Ethical Decision Making & Cases,-
Biztantra ,New Delhi.

173
SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EF42 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: MANAGEMENT OF INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT ORGANIZATIONS


Objectives: The course is to sensitize the students to issues pertaining to sustainable development and
business ethics and enable development and business ethics and enable them to understand the implications
of various statutory and policy guidelines concerning corporate governance for actual business decision
making.
Unit-1: International Development Organizations (IDO) Nature, Scope and Functions government/ Non-
government IDOs (UNESCO, UNIDO, DFID, UNAID, IMF, UNDP, DEEP) - IDOs & Specific
Development Areas (Health, Education, HIV& AIDS, Disability, Rights and Empowerment, Women
Empowerment, Child Rights, Environment, Energy conservation, etc.)- legal and Political factors.

Unit-2: Assistance and funding to IDOs: Prerequisites, Regulations and Formalities to avail funding to IDOs
-International aid flows ILO, UNESCO, UNDP, UNESCAP, UN-HABITAT, UNAID, USAID, DFID and
other International NGOs.

Unit-3: Evaluation of Performance Based on parameters such as: Economic planning logical Framework-
Financial and Economic Analysis- Process of Documentation-Social audit-Monitoring and Evaluation-
Accountability- Estimation of Welfare, Poverty Inequality- Economic Growth- Ethical and Social issues

Unit-4: Cooperation and Collaborations: Role of Nations Policies-Role of International Government


organizations, NGOs, INGOs, MNCs

Unit-5: Functional Strategies: In specific issues pertaining to HR, Marketing Management and Finance-Case
studies.
References:
IDOs Websites
Patton, Michael Quinn: Utilization- Focused Evaluation The New Century Text , 3rd Edition, Sage, 2008.
Maggie Black: No Nonsense guide to International Development, New Internationalist, 2006.
Paul Hoy: Players and Issues in International Aid, Kumarian press, 1998.
David Lewis: The Management of Non-Government Development Organizations, Routledge, 2001.

174
SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EF43 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS


Objectives: The course is to sensitize the students to issues pertaining to sustainable development and
business ethics and enable development and business ethics and enable them to understand the implications
of various statutory and policy guidelines concerning corporate governance for actual business decision
making.
Unit-I: Introduction to Mergers and Acquisitions: Participants in Mergers and Acquisitions Common
Motivations and Impact of Mergers and Acquisitions Challenges towards successful Mergers and
Acquisitions. Take over Tactics: Alternative Takeover Tactics Alternative Takeover decision Prebid and
Postbid.

Unit II: Regulatory Issues in Mergers: Federal Security Laws Insider Trading Laws Antitrust laws State
Regulations effecting Mergers and Acquisitions Regulated industries Environmental Laws Labour and
Benefit Law.

Unit III: Developing Business and Acquisition Plans: Planning Based Approach for Mergers and
Acquisitions Building Business Plan Building Mergers and Acquisitions plan The Search and Screening
Process Negotiations Implementing Post Closing Evaluation .

Unit IV : Integration: Mergers, Acquisitions and Business Alliances: The Role of Integration in
successful mergers and Acquisitions Integration as a process Integrating Business Alliances.

Unit V: Shared Growth and Shared Control Strategies: Motivations for Business Alliances Critical
Success Factors for Business Alliances Strategic and Operational Plans Strategic and Operational Plans
Business Alliances Deal Structuring. Alternative Exit and Restructuring Strategies - Motivators for
Exiting Businesses Divestitutes Spin offs and Split ups - Equity Carve outs Voluntary Liquidations.

References:
Donald De Pamphilis: Mergers, Acquisitions and other Restructuring Activities, 2/e, Academic Press, 2003.
J.Fred Weston, Chung and Hoag: Megers, Restructuring and Corporate Control, PHI, 2000.
Kamal ghosh Ray: Mergers and Acquisitions, PHI, 2010
Mark Chomas; Mergers and Acquisitions, Viva, 2009.

175
SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EF44 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

OBJECTIVE: To give the students an overall view of the international financial system – instruments and markets.
Unit I
International Financial Management: An overview, Importance, nature and scope, International Business
Methods, Recent changes and challenges in IFM - History of Global Monetary Systems - Evolution and
practices in Foreign Exchange Markets - International Financial Institutions

Unit II
Fundamentals of Foreign Exchange – Parity theory and conditions – Factors affecting determination of
Exchange rate – Various exchange rate types.

Unit III
Exposure and Risk Management - hedging – speculation – arbitrage - internal and external techniques of
hedging – derivatives – meaning – significance – types.

Unit IV
Regulatory Framework for International Finance - Short term financial management in a global set-up –
treasury functions – International Taxation – Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement

Unit V
Global capital Markets: Issues, investors, intermediaries. Disintermediation, Deregulation, Securitization,
Globalization. Various methods of raising resources by borrowers in International markets. Types of Bonds,
Floating Rate Notes (FRNs), Deep Discount Bonds, Zero Coupon Bonds, Dual Currency Bonds, Equity related
Bonds. Procedure for Bonds Issues.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Shaprio, Alan. C.: Multinational Financial Management, Prentice Hall, New Delhi
2. Apte, P. G.: International Financial Management, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
3. Buckley, Adrian: Multinational Finance, Prentice Hall, New Delhi
4. Eitman, D. K. and A. I. Stenehill: Multinational Business Cash Finance, Addison Wesley, NewYork
5. Henning, C. N., W. Pggot and W. H. Scott: International Financial Management, McGraw Hill,
International Edition.
6. Levi, Maurice D.: International Finance, McGraw Hill, International Edition
7. Rodrigues, R. M. and E. E. Carter: International Financial Management, Prentice Hall, International
Edition
8. Yadav, Surendra S, P. K. Jain and Max Peyrard: Foreign Exchange Markets, Mac Million, New Delhi
9. Zeneff, D. and J. Zwick: International Financial Management, Prentice Hall, International Edition.
10.Sharan: International Financial Management, PHI, New Delhi

176
SYSTEMS

177
SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EG33 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

OBJECTIVE:
This course aims to understand the software engineering and apply the knowledge of a disciplined approach
to the development of software and to the management of the software product lifecycle.
Unit – I OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Software engineering as discipline, Software processes, Software projects, Requirements engineering
processes, System models, Software prototyping, and Formal specification.

Unit – II SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT MODELS


Software Life Cycle, Waterfall model, Spiral model, Incremental Development, Evolutionary Development,
Re-use oriented Development.

Unit – III SOFTWARE DESIGN


Architectural design, Distributed Systems architecture, OO design, Real-time software design, Design with
reuse, User Interface design. Software Metrics: software process and project metrics, technical metrics for
software.

Unit – IV SOFTWARE QUALITY


Verification and Validation, Software testing, Critical systems validation, CMM and PCMM concepts.

Unit – V SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT


Managing people, Software cost construction, Quality Management, Process empowerment. Legacy
Systems, Software change, Software re-engineering, Configuration Management.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Roger S.Pressman: Software Engineering – A Practitioner’s Approach – Tata McGraw Hill – IV
edition.
2. Sommerville, Ian: Software Engineering, Addison Wesley.
3. S.A.Kelkar, Software Project Management, PHI
4. Carlo Ghezzi, Mehdi Jazayeri, Dino Mandrioli – Fundamentals of Software Engineering – PHI.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C

178
COURSE CODE 20260EG34 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT

OBJECTIVE:
This course gives an overview of software project management and the project planning. It also covers the
Step Wise framework in project planning. It also imparts knowledge to the students on how to evaluate and
assess the projects and to find the cost of the project using cost benefit evaluation techniques.
Unit I SYSTEM ANALYSIS & DESIGN
Overview of system analysis & Design : Introduction to different methodologies & Structured system
analysis – Details of SDLC approach – E.R. diagrams – DFD concepts – Data dictionary concepts. Structure
charts – modular programming – I/O & file design consideration.

Unit II SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION


System implementation & maintenance: Implementation Strategies – SW / HW selection & procurement –
Control & security – issues of designing & implementing on-line systems – data communication
requirements – selection issues

Unit III PROJECT DEVELOPMENT & DATABASE DESIGN


Introduction to Database technologies & CASE tools with specific packages – overview of relational model
– Database creation – SQL command – Normalization – designing forms & reports – using CASE tools for
system analysis & design-case studies – Cost / benefit analysis – project & resource planning – design &
development testing & documentation.

Unit IV SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT


Software project management: challenges & opportunities – changing technologies & approaches – choice
development of methodologies & technical platforms, project management techniques – monitoring 7
measurement of progress.

Unit V SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT


Software project management – elements, cost estimation, manpower planning, Software & Product Metrics
– Quality assurance & control – standards & documentation – testing – implementation – training –
technology management – quality standards – certificate – handling multiple projects, issues of share
development.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Software Engineering Principles and practice by Waman S.Jawadekar Tata Mcgraw Hill Co. –
Chennai.
2. Walker Royce, ‘Software Project Management ‘- A unified Framework, Pearson Education Asia,
New Delhi 2000.
3. Software Project Management by S.A. Kelkar, PHI learning India PVT Ltd.,
4. Software project management (2 volumes set) by Prof. SN. Singh and SL. Gupta – Global India
publications PVT Ltd., New Delhi.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C

179
COURSE CODE 20260EG35 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

OBJECTIVE:
This course helps the students to understand the roles and technology of databases for the Internet and
Worldwide Web. This also helps to understand the roles of database administration in the enterprise and be
able to perform common database administration functions.
UNIT – I Introduction
Basic concepts of Database – purpose of database - characteristics of database; roles of database manager,
database administrator and database users. Database systems, concepts and architecture. Distributed
databases - structure and design.

UNIT – II Data Models


Data models, schema and instances. E-R models – E-R diagram. Hierarchical model, relational model, object
oriented model, object relational model – comparison of models.

UNIT – III Database system and query languages


Relational model, Languages and system, structure of relational database, modifying the database. Relational
commercial language – SQL. Relational database management system ORACLE/DB2.

UNIT - IV Relational Database design


Normalization process – First, second, Third, Fourth normal forms. Mapping relational data to files, data
dictionary storage.

UNIT – V Database Security


Database integrity, security, concurrency, recovery, client/server architecture.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Leon.A, Database Management Systems, ‘BPB publications’, Delhi, 1997.
2. Date.C.J., An introduction to Database Systems, 7th edition, Pearson Education Asia.
3. Naveen Prakash, Introduction to Database Management, TMH, 1993.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EG36 3 0 0 3

180
SUBJECT TITLE: E-BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT

OBJECTIVE:
This course will help the students to recognize and understand ways of using digital technologies to improve
intra and inter-organizational processes; and to analyze the impact that electronic commerce is having and
will likely have on key sectors of the economy and assess the strategic implications this analysis holds for an
organization.
UNIT - I
Introduction to E-Business: Overview of E-Business; Information Services; Interpersonal Communication;
Shopping Services; Virtual Enterprises. E-Commerce: Origin and Need of E-Commerce; Factors affecting E-
Commerce; Business dimension and technological dimension of E-Commerce; Internet as an E-Commerce
enabler handling business transactions.

UNIT - II
E-commerce business models. Consumer oriented ecommerce – etailing and models - Marketing on web –
advertising, e-mail marketing, e-CRM; Business oriented ecommerce – E-Government, SCM; Web Auctions,
Virtual communities and Web portals. Mobile Commerce.

UNIT - III
EDI: EDI application in business development; EDI technology; EDI as a re-engineering tool; Financial EDI.
E-Commerce and retailing: On-line retail industry dynamics; On-line mercantile models from customer
perspective; Management challenges in on-line retailing

UNIT- IV
Handling payments: Electronic Fund Transfer System, Digital Token and notational based electronic
payment system, smart card, credit card and emerging financial instruments. E payments - Characteristics of
payment of systems, protocols, E-cash, E- check and Micro payment systems. E-Commerce and Banking:
changing dynamics in banking industry; Management Issues in online banking.
UNIT - V
Indian Perspective: Benefits of E-Commerce; Drawbacks and limitations of E-Commerce; Major
requirements in E-Business; Emerging trends and technologies in E-Business; From E-Commerce to E-
Business; Web security: Introduction; Firewalls and transaction security.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Hentry Chan & el , E-Commerce – fundamentals and Applications, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2007.
2. Gary P. Schneider, Electronic commerce, Thomson course technology, Fourth annual edition, 2007.
3. Bharat Bhasker, Electronic Commerce – Frame work technologies and Applications, 3rd Edition. Tata
McGrawHill Publications, 2008.
4. Krishnamurthy- E-Commerce Management: Text and Cases (Vikas)

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EG37 3 0 0 3

181
SUBJECT TITLE: DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING

OBJECTIVE:
This course helps the students to understand the overall architecture of a data warehouse and
Techniques and methods for data gathering and data pre-processing tools. The different data mining models
and techniques will be discussed in this course. Data mining and data warehousing applications will also be
explored.
UNIT-I
Data – Types of Data - Data warehousing concepts – difference between operational system and data
warehouse system - Applications of data warehouse – Benefits of data warehousing systems - Metadata.

UNIT-II
Data warehousing methodology - Data warehousing process - Data warehouse architecture - Designing data
warehouse.

UNIT-III
Data mining concepts – Integration of a Data Mining System with a Data Warehouse - Benefits of data
mining systems - Data Mining Functionalities - Interestingness of patterns - Classification of Data Mining
Systems.

UNIT-IV
Data mining process - Data mining techniques – Data mining tools - Data mining applications - Issues in data
mining.

UNIT-V
Web Data Mining - Association Rule Mining
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1.G.K.Gupta, Introduction to Data Mining with Case Studies, Easter Economy Edition, Prentice Hall India,
2006.
2.McLaren & McLaren: Data Warehousing and Data Mining, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2003.
3.Alex Berson and Stephen J. Smith, “ Data Warehousing, Data Mining & OLAP”, Tata McGraw – Hill
Edition, Tenth Reprint 2007.
4.Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, “Data Mining Concepts and Techniques”, Second Edition, Elsevier,
2007.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EG38 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT

182
OBJECTIVE:
The goal of the course is to prepare students to become familiar with the current theories, practices, tools and
techniques in knowledge management (KM), and to assist students in pursuing a career in the information
sector for profit and not for profit organizations. In addition, students will learn to determine the
infrastructure requirements to manage the intellectual capital in organizations.
Unit-I: The Knowledge Economy: Data – Information - Knowledge, Attributes of Knowledge as an
Economic Resource – Knowledge Capital Vs Physical Capital - Types of Knowledge - Scope of Knowledge
Management - Building Knowledge Societies.

Unit-II: Knowledge Management and Information Technology: Role of Information Technology in


Knowledge Management Systems, Knowledge Management Tools and Knowledge Portals – Knowledge
Organization & Managing Knowledge Workers

Unit-III: The Knowledge Process: Knowledge Management Systems Life Cycle - Stages of KM Process,
Knowledge Creation & Knowledge Architecture – Knowledge Capturing Techniques – Knowledge
Codification – Transferring and Sharing Knowledge.

Unit-IV: Implementation of Knowledge Management: Business Intelligence and Internet Platforms, KM


& the Indian experience, Net Banking in India – Role of Knowledge Management in Organizational
Restructuring – The Mystique of a Learning Organization - Management of Intellectual Property.

Unit-V: Future of Knowledge Management and Industry Perspective: Knowledge Management in


Manufacturing and service industry, Challenges and Future of Knowledge Management - Measures for
meeting the Challenges of KM - Business Ethics and KM.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
Mattison: Web Warehousing & Knowledge Management, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009
2. Becerra Fernandez: Knowledge Management: An Evolutionary View, PHI, 2009
3. Fernando: Knowledge Management, Pearson, 2009
4. B.Rathan Reddy: Knowledge Management, Himalaya, 2009
5. MadanMohan Rao, Leading with Knowledge, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2011.

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EG39 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING

183
OBJECTIVE:
To understand about ERP systems, ERP software and modules, Implementation of ERP, and Emerging
trends on ERP.
UNIT – I: Introduction
Overview of Enterprise Systems – Evolution – Risks and Benefits – Fundamental Technology – Issues to be
consider in Planning Design and Implementation of Cross Functional Integrated ERP Systems.

UNIT – II: ERP Solutions and Functional Modules


Overview of ERP Softwares – SAP – Baan – IFS – Oracle – People Soft – Comparison of ERP software,
Overview of ERP Modules – Sales and Marketing, Accounting and Finance, Materials and Production
Management. Business Process Reengineering concepts.

UNIT – III: ERP Implementation


Planning Evaluation and selection of ERP Systems – Implementation Life Cycle – ERP implementation,
Methodology and Frame Work – Training – Data Migration. People Organization in Implementation –
Consultants, Vendors and Employees.

UNIT – IV: Post Implementation


Maintenance of ERP – Organizational and Industrial Impact; Success and Failure factors of and ERP
Implementation. Measuring ERP Benefits – Balanced Score Card Method – ABCD Checklist.
UNIT – V: Emerging Trends on ERP
Extended ERP Systems – CRM, SCM, Business Analytics – Future Trends in ERP Systems – Web Enabled,
Wireless Technologies.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Alexis Leon, ERP Demystified, second Edition Tata McGraw–Hill, 2006.
2. Jagan Nathan Vaman, ERP in Practice, Tata McGraw–Hill, 2008
3. Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli, ERP Macmillan India, 2006.
4. Vinod Kumar Grag and N.K. Venkitakrishnan, ERP – Concepts and Practice, Prentice Hall of India,
2006.
5. Mary Sumner, Enterprise Resource Planning, 4th edition, Pearson Education.
6. K.Balasubramaniyan, S.Ushapriya & K.Hema, Enterprise Resource Planning : Emerging concepts &
cases

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EG42 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: INFORMATION STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT

184
OBJECTIVE:
This course helps to learn and understand the storage management, virtualization technologies, infrastructure
and storage security.
Unit I
Review data creation and the amount of data being created and understand the value of data to a business,
challenges in data storage and data management, Solutions available for data storage, Core elements of a data
center infrastructure, role of each element in supporting business activities Intelligent Storage system –
Introduction to Flash Drives.

Unit II
Hardware and software components of the host environment, Physical and logical components of a
connectivity environment, Major physical components of a disk drive and their function, logical constructs of
a physical disk, access characteristics - Concept of RAID and its components - Storage Area Networks –
Attached Storage: Benefits, components – NAS Protocol & Implementation – File level Virtualization –
Object based and Unified Storage: Devices and components.

Unit III
List reasons for planned/unplanned outages and the impact of downtime, Impact of downtime. Differentiate
between business continuity (BC) and disaster recovery (DR) - Backup and Recovery – Local Replication:
Technologies – Backup in NAS Environments – Data duplication – Remote replication.

Unit V
Information security, Critical security attributes for information systems, Storage security domains, List and
analyzes the common threats in each domain, Virtualization technologies – Security implementations in
Storage Networking.

Unit V
Managing Storage infrastructure - Storage infrastructure Management Activities & Challenges – Ideal
solutions for Storage Infrastructure management – Storage tiering.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. G. Somasundaram, Alok Shrivastava,”Information Storage and Management”, EMC Education
Services, Wiley Publishing, Inc, Edition 2010.
2. Robert Spalding, “Storage Networks: The Complete Reference”, TataMcGraw Hill,Osborne, 2003.
3. Marc Farley, “Building Storage Networks”,TataMcGraw Hill, Osborne. 2001.
4. MeetaGupta, Storage Area Network Fundamentals, Pearson Education Limited, 2002.

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EG43 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: CLOUD COMPUTING

185
COURSE OBJECTIVE: To understand basics of cloud computing for business management
UNIT I INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Cloud Computing, Evolution - Cloud Computing, Hardware,
Internet and Software, Virtualization, Web Services on Cloud, Infrastructure-as-a-Service, Platform-as-a-
Service, Software-as-a-Service, Building Cloud Network.
UNIT II IMPLEMENTATION AND CONTROL Privacy and its relation to Cloud-based Information
Systems, Security in the Cloud, Common Standards in the Cloud, End-User Access to the Cloud Computing,
legal and ethical dimensions.
UNIT III CLOUD COMPUTING FOR MANAGERS Centralizing Email Communications –
Collaborating on Schedules, To-Do Lists, Contact Lists – online Community development – online
collaboration tools for projects – Cloud Computing for business.
UNIT IV APPLICATIONS OF CLOUD SERVICES Applications – Online Planning and Task
Management –Event Management – CRM- Cloud service development tools -word processing, databases,
storing and file sharing on cloud.
UNIT V VIRTUAL OFFICE MANAGEMENT Web-based communication tools –Web Mail Services –
Web Conference Tools –Social Networks and Groupware – collaborating via blogs and Wikis; IBM,
Amazon Ec2, Google Apps for Business, Salesforce.com, Ramco-On-Demand
TEXTBOOK
1. John W. Rittinghouse and James F. Ransome, “Cloud Computing Implementation, Management and
Security”, 2010, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, Boca Raton London New York.
2. Kumar Saurahb, Cloud Computing – Insights into new era infrastructure, Wiley India, 2nd Edition, 2012

REFERENCES
1. Michael Miller, Cloud Computing: Web-Based Applications That Change the Way You Work and
Collaborate Online, Que Publishing, 2009
2. Haley Beard, Cloud Computing Best Practices for Managing and Measuring Processes for On-demand
Computing, Applications and Data Centers in the Cloud with SLAs, Emereo Pty Limited, July 2008.
3. Alfredo Mendoza, “Utility Computing Technologies, Standards, and Strategies”, Artech House INC, 2007
4. Bunker and Darren Thomson, “Delivering Utility Computing”, 2006, John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
5. George Reese, “Cloud Application Architectures”, O’reilly Publications, 2009.

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EG44 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEM AND INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS

186
OBJECTIVE: To understand the components of DSS and IS. To know the appropriate model to be used for
a problem
UNIT I INTRODUCTION Management Support systems, Decision making, Models, DSS Overview, Data,
Model, Knowledge Management system.

UNIT II DATA AND MODEL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS Data Collection, Data Warehousing, Data
Mining, Data visualization, Modeling, Static and dynamic, Optimization, Heuristic, Simulation,
Multidimensional modeling.

UNIT III GSS, ENTERPRISE DSS, KMS Group support system, Technologies, Enterprise DSS,
Knowledge management methods, Technologies, Tools.

UNIT IV KNOWLEDGE BASED DSS Artificial Intelligence, Expert System, Knowledge Acquisition and
validation, Knowledge representation, Inference techniques.

UNIT V ADVANCED INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS Neural Computing, Fuzzy Logic, Intelligent Agents,
Implementation, Integration, Intelligent DSS.
TEXT BOOK
1. Efraim Turban and Jay E. Aronson, Decision Support System and Intelligent Systems, Prentice Hall
International, 9th Edition 2010
REFERENCES
1. Janakiraman V. S and Sarukesi K, Decision Support Systems, Prentice Hall of India, 6th Printing 2006
2. Lofti, Decision Support System and Management, McGraw Hill Inc, International Edition, New Delhi
1996.
3. Marakas, Decision Support System, Prentice Hall International, Paperback Edition, New Delhi, 2003

187
HOSPITAL
MANAGEMENT

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EH33 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: MANAGEMENT OF HOSPITAL SERVICES

188
OBJECTIVE:
To enable the students gain insights into various aspects like importance, functions, policies and procedures,
equipping, controlling, co-ordination, communication, staffing, reporting and documentation of both clinical
and non clinical services in a hospital.
Unit- I Overview: Hospital operations management, role and decisions, Difference of hospital operations
from other service and manufacturing organizations.

Unit – II Out Patient Services: Overview of the department, day care, accident and emergency services,
physical medicine and rehabilitation, occupational therapy unit, physiotherapy department. In Patient
Services: Ward design (general & specialized), critical care services – ICU, CCU, NICU, , medical services,
surgical services – operation theater, nuclear medicine, burn unit, nursing services and administration.

Unit – III Specialty Services: Pediatrics, OBG & GYN,ENT, Ophthalmology, Orthopedic, Psychiatry,
Anesthesia, Dental. Super-specialty Services: Cardiology, Thoracic Surgery, Neurology, Neurosurgery,
Nephrology- Dialysis Unit, Transplantation Services
.
Unit – IV Hospital Acquired Infection: Source and Control, Modern trends in Hospital Administration,
Disaster Management, Information Systems, Telemedicine.

Unit – V Disaster Management Services : Basics of disaster management and Mass casualties
Components of disaster plan : pre-hospital and hospital, Disaster alertness in Hospital Disaster management
planning and implementation, Severity of illness amongst disaster victims and risk assess - Disaster
preparedness- Policies & procedures for general safety, fire safety procedure for evacuation, disaster plan
and crisis management.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Kunders, G.D.(2002)-Designing for Total Quality in healthcare, Prism Books Pvt. Ltd., Bangalore.
2. Kunders, G.D.(2004)-Facilities Planning and Arrangement in Healthcare, Prism Books Pvt Ltd.
Bangalore.
3. Davies Llewellyn R & macaulay H M C(1995)- Hospital Planning and Administration, Jaypee
Brothers, New Delhi.
4. Sakharkar,B M (1998)-Principles of Hospital Administration & Planning-jaypee Publishers New
Delhi.
5. Goel, S L (2001 Vol 1-4)-Healthcare Systems and Management, Deep and Deep Publications, New
Delhi
6. Srinivasan A V (2002)- Managing a modern hospital, Response Books, New Delhi
7. Sharma K R, Sharma Yashpal(2003)- A handbook on Hospital Administration, Durga Printers,
Jammu
8. Sharma, Madhuri(2003)-Essentials for Hospital Supportive Services, Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi
9. Tabish, Syed Amin-Hospital Planning, Organization and Management

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EH34 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT IN HEALTHCARE

OBJECTIVE:
Gives understanding about various operations related to hospital administration such as purchase procedures

189
of healthcare equipments and materials, store maintenance, quality management and conduction of healthcare
events
Unit I HOSPITAL PURCHASE MANAGEMENT: Objectives and Elements of Purchasing- Purchasing
System- Purchase Cycle- Purchase methods and Procedures; Planning and Selection of Equipment- Purchase,
Inspection and Installation; Import of Equipment

Unit II HOSPITAL STORES MANAGEMENT: Planning Consideration of Stores- Inspection and


Verification of Materials- Storage of Materials-Codification and Standardization-Value Analysis- Inventory
Control- Economic Order Quantity (EOQ), Distribution of Materials- Condemnation and Disposal; Hospital
Wastes Management

Unit III HOSPITAL MATERIALS AND MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT: Functions of Materials


Manager- Information Systems for Materials Management; Policy and Procedures-Equipments Types and
Characteristics; Records, Responsibilities-Levels of Maintenance; Equipment Utilization and Operation-
Equipment Repair and Maintenance- Equipment Audit

Unit IV QUALITY ASSURANCE IN HOSPITALS: Patient safety and satisfaction, Patient feedback
system, Job Description of Quality Manager- Quality Steering Committee- Quality Council, Quality Audit;
Quality Teams: Task Force, Quality Circle- ISO Certification; BS Mark, Accreditation: JCI, Quality Awards
Scheme - MBNQA; NABH, Six sigma in hospitals; Obstacles to Practice Quality in Hospitals

Unit V
HEALTH PROGRAM / EVENT MANAGEMENT: Healthcare programs, campaigns and camps;
Program need analysis, Planning / Pre project phase (CPM & PERT Analysis), Execution phase – Manpower
and quality service delivery requirements, Post project impact analysis

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Donna Deeprose, Project Management, Capstone Publishing, Oxford,2007
2. H. Kerzner, Project Management: A System Approach to Planning, Scheduling and Controlling, Wiley
Eastern publication,2008
3. Shakti Gupta and Sunil Kant, Hospital Stores Management: An Integrated Approach Jaypee Publications,
New Delhi, India,2010
4. WHO, Maintenance and Repair of Laboratory, Diagnostic, Imaging and Hospital Equipment,2006
5. Wilson CRM, Hospital Wide Quality Assurance, Saunders publication,2005
6. Hugh C. H. Kogh, Total Quality Management in Health Care, Longman Publication,2008
7. Roger Ellis and Dorothy Whittington, Quality Assurance in Health Care – A Hand Book, Edward Ainoid
publication,1998

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EH35 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: MARKETING MANAGEMENT OF HOSPITAL AND HEALTH CARE


SERVICES
OBJECTIVE:
Gives better understanding about the ways to market healthcare services. Gives view about the marketing
mix for healthcare services

190
Unit I APPLICATION OF MARKETING IN HEALTHCARE Concept of Marketing-Importance of
Marketing to Healthcare Organizations - Challenges in Practicing Marketing in Healthcare Industry -
Marketing Intelligence, Information and Research System- Marketing Organization: Chart, Fulltime Staff
and Hiring Consultants

Unit II MARKETING MIX DECISIONS Product (Service) Decisions- Nature and Characteristics of
Services- Marketing Approaches to New Services Development- Pricing Decisions - Place Decisions -
Promotion Decisions - Advertising in Healthcare Industry - Marketing Strategies - Service Portfolio Strategy
- Market Expansion Strategy - Target Market Strategy - Price Quality Strategy- Competitive Positioning
Strategy.

Unit III SOCIAL MARKETING Steps in Social Marketing- Cognitive, Action, Behavior and Value
Changes, Media in social Marketing, Social media sources; Social Events and Printed sources; Online
sources; Role of social marketing in healthcare

Unit IV PUBLIC RELATIONS Introduction to Public Relations, Classification of Public from Healthcare
Marketing Perspective, Identifying the Relevant Publics- Measuring Images and Attitude of the Relevant
Public- Establishing Image Goals for the Key Publics- Developing Cost Effective Public Relations
Strategies- Implementing Actions and Evaluating Results; Health Service Public Relations Officer -
Changing Role and Responsibilities of Health Service PRO.

Unit V COMMUNITY OPINION SURVEYS AND MARKET RESEARCH Market research – Model
Questionnaire used in Healthcare Services; Public Relations Tools and Materials: Written and Audiovisual;
Media: News, Events, Speeches and Telephone Information Services; Data analysis; Research report
preparation and presentation; Decision making based on market research.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Philip Kotler and Roberta N. Clarke, Marketing for Healthcare Organizations, Prentice Hall
Publication, 2009
2. Roger Silver, Health Service Public Relations, Radcliffe Medical Press Ltd., 2010
3. John F. O’Malley, Healthcare Marketing Sales and Services: An Executive Companion, Health
Administration Press,2011
4. G.D. Kunder, How to Market Your Hospital Without Selling Your Philosophy, Prism Books Pvt.
Ltd., 2000
5. Philip Kotler, Joel Shalowitz, MD, MBA, Robert J. Stevens, Strategic Marketing For Health Care
Organizations: Building A Customer-Driven Health System, John Wiley and Sons Inc., Jossey – Bass
Publication, 2008

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EH36 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: COMMUNITY HEALTH AND MANAGEMENT OF NATIONAL HEALTH


PROGRAMMES
OBJECTIVE:
After completion of community health and management of National health programs module, students will
be able to recognize and identify the elements in designing the strategies for health care delivery for

191
community.

UNIT – I Concepts in Health and Disease – Introduction of medicine, public health and community health;
Definition of health:the determinants and relative concept; Agent – Host – Environmental factors in health
and disease, indices used in measurement of health, levels of prevention; Epidemiology of common
communicable diseases and chronic non-communicable diseases and condition.

UNIT – II Health care delivery system in India: Introduction, Demography and Family Planning; Maternal
and child health; Urban health; Occupational health; Mental health; Community geriatrics; Essential
Medicines and Counterfeit Medicines.

UNIT – III Health Education: Definition, approach in health education, methods, barrier to effective
communication, principles of health education; International Health Regulations and International
classification of diseases,

UNIT – IV International Health agencies and organizations: WHO, UNICEF, UNOP, World Bank,
UNFPA, CARE, IHO, Notifiable diseases.

UNIT – V National Health Programs: Objectives, strategy, achievements, critical analysis; Cancer
screening and national cancer control program, National AIDS Control program and NACO, National
leprosy eradication program, Universal immunization program, National vector borne disease control
program, RNTCP, RCH, National Program for control of blindness, National Health Policies, National
Population Policy, National Rural Health Mission.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. K.Park: Park’s Textbook of Preventive and social Medicine, M/s Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers
2. Ann Lindstrand, Hans Rosling: An Introductory Textbook, Global Health
3. A.B. Christie: Infectious Diseases-Epidemiology and Clinical Practice, Churchill Livingstone.
4. Rameshwari Pandya: Health, Family Planning and Nutrition in India, New Century Publications.
5. S.L. Goel: Health Care Policies and Programmes, Deep and Deep Publications.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EH37 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: MANAGEMENT OF CLINICAL AND SUPER SPECIALTY SERVICES IN


HOSPITALS
OBJECTIVE:
This course is aimed at developing awareness among students regarding concept of location, layout and the
infrastructure and staff requirements. They would be able to enumerate general procedures and policies and

192
procedures followed in each of these.

UNIT – I Hospital Management Of Clinical Services (Medical + Ancillary): Detailed Management,


Layout, Design of - OPD Services, Emergency Services, Clinical Laboratories, Radiological Services,
Operation Theatres.

UNIT – II Overview of Management Layout & Design of: Radiation Therapy department, Nuclear
Medicine, Labour and Delivery Suite, Physical Therapy, Pulmonary Medicine, Cath Lab.; Equipment
Planning, utilization survey of super-specialty service equipment.

UNIT – III Clinical services-3: Operation theatre – Intensive care units – Hospital acquired infections –
Sterilization – Nursing services – Ward management.

UNIT – IV Nursing Services: Detailed Layout, Design & Management of: General Nursing Unit
including general wards and private rooms, Intensive Care Units; Decision making in nursing profession:
Nurse-Patient relationship, health education to patients; Pediatric Nursing Unit, Obstetric Nursing Unit,
Psychiatric Nursing Unit, Isolation Rooms, ICU/CCU, New born Nursery.

UNIT – V Emerging areas in Hospital Services: Alternative and Complimentary medicine, Palliative
medicine, promotive Healthcare, home health care; Rehabilitation and De-addiction – Role of hospitals,
duties and responsibilities of clinical and paraclinical staff.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. B.M. Sakhankar: Principles of Hospital Administration & Planning, Jay Pee Publications.
2. G.D. Kunders: Hospitals-Facilities Planning and Management, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Jaydeep Das Gupta: Hospital Administration and Management – A Comprehensive Guide, Jay Pee
Publications.
4. Shakti Kumar Gupta, Sunil Kant, R Chandreshakhar: Modern Trends in Planning and Designing of
Hospitals-Principles & Practice, Jay Pee Publications.
5. A.V. Ramasastri Srinivasan: Managing a Modern Hospital, Response Books.
6. Shakti Gupta, Sunil Kant: Hospital and Healthcare Administration, Jaypee Publications.
7. J. Christopher Farmer: Hospital Emergency Management Guidebook, JCI Resource.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EH38 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: PATIENT CARE MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE: To understand the processes and details related to effective patient care and to further
increase the satisfaction levels of patients

193
Unit I Patient centric management: Concept of patient care, Patient-centric management, Organization of
hospital departments, Roles of departments/managers in enhancing care, Patient counseling & Practical
examples of patient centric management in hospitals. Patient safety and patient risk management.

Unit II Quality in patient care management: Defining quality, Systems approach towards quality,
Towards a quality framework, Key theories and concepts, Models for quality improvement & Variations in
practice.

Unit III Patient classification systems and the role of case mix: Why do we need to classify patients,
Types of patient classification systems, ICD 9 (CM, PM), Casemix classification systems, DRG, HBG,
ARDRG, Casemix innovations and Patient empowering classification systems.

Unit IV Medical ethics & auditory procedures: Ethical principals, Civic rights, Consumer protection act,
CPA, Guideline of the CPA, Patient complaints powers & procedures of the district forum, State and
National commission, Role of supreme court, Patient appeals, Autopsy, Tort liability, Vicarious liability,
Medical negligence, Central & state laws, Use of investigational drugs, Introduction/need & procedures for
medical audit, Audit administration & Regulating committees. Confidentiality and professional secrecy,
ethics of trust and ethics of rights – autonomy and informed consent, under trading of patient rights –
universal accessibility – equity and social justice, human dignity.

Unit V Patient Medical Records: Policies & procedures for maintaining medical records. e-records, legal
aspects of medical records, its safety, preservation and storage.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Goel S L & Kumar R. 2004. Hospital Core Services: Hospital Administration of the 21 st Century.
Deep Deep Publications Pvt Ltd: New Delhi
2. Gupta S & Kant S. 1998. Hospital & Health Care Administration: Appraisal and Referral Treatise.
Jaypee: New Delhi
3. Harris M G & Assoc. 2003. Managing Health Service: Concepts & Practices. Maclennan + Petty:
Sydney
4. Kelly D L. 2006. Encyclopaedia of Quality Management in Hospitals & Health Care Administration.
Vol 1-6. Pentagon Press: Chicago
5. Kilpatrick A O & Johnson J A. 1999. Handbook of Health Administration & Policy. Marcel Dekkes
Inc: New York
6. Kumar A. 2000. Encyclopaedia of Hospital Administration & Development: Volume I. Anmol
Publications Ltd: New Delhi.

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EH39 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: HEALTH RELATED LAWS AND ETHICS

OBJECTIVE:
To Understand Laws relating to Health services, Legal reports, License, Risk Management.

194
UNIT – I:
Laws relating to Hospital formation: Promotion-Forming society-The Companies Act-Law of Partnership-A
Sample Constitution for the Hospital-The Tamil Nadu Clinics Act.

UNIT – II:
Laws relating Purchases and funding: Law of contracts-Law of Insurance-Export Import Policy-FEMA-
Exemption of Income Tax for Donations-Tax Obligations: Filing Returns and Deductions at Source.

UNIT – III:
Laws pertaining to Health: Central Births and Deaths Registration Act, 1969- Recent amendments – Medical
Termination of Pregnancy Act, 1971 – Infant Milk Substitutes, Feeding Bottles and Infant Food Act, 1992.

UNIT – IV:
Laws pertaining to Hospitals: Transplantation of Human Organs Act, 1994 – Pre-natal Diagnostic
Techniques (Regulation and Prevention of Misuse) Act, 1994 – Medical Negligence – Medico Legal Case –
Dying Declaration-MCI act on medical education. The Biomedical Waste (Management and Handling)
Rules-Radiation Safety System.

UNIT – V:
Laws pertaining to Manufacture and sale of Drugs: Drugs and Cosmetics Acts, 1940 – Pharmacy Act, 1948 –
Drugs and Magic Remedies (Objectionable Advertisement) Act, 1954 – Poison Act, 1919 – Legislation for
Tobacco control.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. The Law of Health Care Administrations – Stuart Showalter
2. Dynamics of Industrial Relations – C.B.Memoria
3. Industrial laws – N.D.Kapoor

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EH42 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: MEDICAL TOURISM

OBJECTIVE:
To understand the Significance of Medical Tourism, Role of government, Communication for medical
tourists. This will enable students to learn effects of medical tourism in nation’s economy, Pricing of Medical
Services, Emerging trends on Medical Tourism.

195
Unit – I
Introduction to Medical Tourism – History – Evolution of Medical Tourism – Scope of Medical Tourism –
Importance - Medical Tourism Process.

Unit – II
Medical Tourism Destinations – National & International Destinations - Travel Retailing and Logistics for
Health Tourism.

Unit - III
Marketing Concepts and Strategies - Hospitality and Hotel Industry linkages - Spa and Wellness Tourism.

Unit - IV
Medical Tourism-Ethical, Legal and Social Concerns - Medical Tourism-Issues & Challenges.

Unit – V
Quality Standards in Medical Tourism - Medical Tourism-The Future of Health Services – International
Healthcare Accreditation.

SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Milica Z., Bookman Karla R. Bookman, Medical Tourism in Developing Countries , Palgrave
Macmillan tm 2007.
2. Raj Pruthi , Medical Tourism in India , Arise Publishers & Distributors, 2006.
3. RNCOS, Opportunities in Medical Tourism in India (2007), RNCOS E-Services Pvt. Ltd.,
2006.
4. Michael D. Horomitz Jeffrey A. Rosensweig, Medical Tourism – Health Care in The Global
Economy (Trends), Americal College of Physician Executive, 2007.

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EH43 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: HOSPITAL ARCHITECTURE, PLANNING, DESIGN AND MAINTENANCE

OBJECTIVE:
To understand the Significance of Medical Tourism, Role of government, Communication for medical
tourists. This will enable students to learn effects of medical tourism in nation’s economy, Pricing of Medical
Services, Emerging trends on Medical Tourism.

196
UNIT – I: Hospital as a system: Definition of hospital – classification of hospitals – changing role of
hospitals – role of hospital administrator – hospital as a system – hospital & community.
UNIT – II: Planning: Principles of planning – regionalization - hospital planning team – planning process –
size of the hospital – site selection – hospital architect – architect report – equipping a hospital –interiors &
graphics – construction & commissioning – planning for preventing injuries – electrical safety
UNIT – III: Technical analysis: Assessment of the demand and need for hospital services – factors
influencing hospital utilization – bed planning – land requirements – project cost – space requirements –
hospital drawings & documents-preparing project report.
UNIT – IV: Hospital standards and design: Building requirement – Entrance & Ambulatory Zone –
Diagnostic Zone – Intermediate Zone – Critical zone – Service Zone – Administrative zone –List of Utilities
– Communication facility – Biomedical equipment Voluntary & Mandatory standards – General standards –
Mechanical standards – Electrical standards – standard for centralized medical gas system – standards for
biomedical waste.
UNIT – V: Facilities planning: Transport – Communication – Food services – Mortuary – Information
system – Minor facilities – others.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Designing for total Quality in Health Care - G.D.Kunders
2. Modern Trends in Planning and Designing of hospitals – Gupta S.K.SunilKant Chandra Shekhar.R
Satpathy
3. Hospital and Nursing Homes Planning, Organisations & Management - Syed Amin Tabish
4. Hospitals, Facilities Planning and Management - G.D.Kunders

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EH44 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: HOSPITAL WASTE MANAGEMENT

Objective: The Objective of the Course is to familiarize the learner with the importance, techniques and the
procedures involved in the management of Hospital Waste.
UNIT-1: Hospital Hazards: Meaning – Types – Physical–Biological Mechanical – Psychological – Its
Impact on Employees – Preventive measures.

UNIT-2: Hospital Hazards Management: Meaning – Need – Principles – Purpose.

197
UNIT-3: Control of Hospital Acquired Infection: Types of Infection – Common Nosocomial Infection and
their Causative Agents – Prevention of Hospital Acquired Infection – Role of Central Sterile Supply
Department – Infection Control Committee – Monitoring and Control or Cross-Infection – Staff Health.

UNIT-4: Biomedical Waste Management: Meaning – Categories of Biomedical wastes – Disposal of


biomedical waste products – Incineration and its importance – Standards for Waste Autoclaving, Micro
Waving and Deep Burial – Segregation – Packaging – Transportation – Storage.

UNIT-5: Human Waste Disposal and Sewage Disposal: Diseases carried from excreta – Sanitation barrier –
Methods of Excreta disposal – Sewage wastes: Meaning – Composition – Aims of Sewage disposal –
Decomposition of Organic Matter – Modern Sewage Treatment – Drawbacks of improper disposal of wastes
– Solid and liquid.
Reference Books:
1. Sharma – Holistic approach to Hospital Waste Management published by Dept. of Hospital
Administration – AIIMS, New Delhi, 2006.

198
TOURISM

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EI33 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: TOURISM PRINCIPLES, POLICIES AND PRACTICES


OBJECTIVE:
To realize the potential of tourism industry in India. To understand the various elements of Tourism
Management and familiarize with the Tourism policies in the national and international context .

199
Unit- I Tourism; an overview: Elements, Nature and Characteristics - Typology of Tourism - Classification
of Tourists - Tourism network - Interdisciplinary approaches to tourism - Historical Development of
Tourism - Major motivations and deterrents to travel.
Unit-II Tourism Industry; Structure and Components: Attractions - Accommodation - Activities -
Transportation - F&B - Shopping - Entertainment - Infrastructure and Hospitality - Emerging areas of
tourism - Rural, Eco, Medical, MICE, Literary, Indigenous, Wellness, Film, Golf, etc., - Ideals of
Responsible Tourism - Alternate Tourism - Case Studies on International Tourism.
Unit-III Tourism Impacts - Tourism Area Life Cycle (TALC) - Doxey's Index – Demonstration Effect - Push
and Pull Theory - Tourism System - Mathieson and Wall Model & Leiper's Model - Stanley Plog's Model of
Destination Preferences - Demand and Supply in tourism - Tourism regulations - Present trends in Domestic
and Global tourism - MNC's in Tourism Industry.
Unit-IV Tourism Organizations: Role and Functions of World Tourism Organization (WTO), Pacific Asia
Travel Association(PATA) , World Tourism &Travel Council (WTTC) – Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of
India, ITDC, Department of Tourism, Govt. of Puducherry, FHRAI, IHA, IATA, TAAI, IATO.
Unit-V Overview of Five Year Plans with special reference to Eleventh Five Year Plan for Tourism
Development and Promotion, National Action Plan, National Tourism Policy – Code of conduct for safe and
Sustainable Tourism for India.

TEXT BOOKS
1. Charles R. Goeldner & Brent Ritchie, J.R. (2006), Tourism, Principles, Practices, Philosophies, John
Wiley and Sons, New Jersey.
2. Bhatia A.K. (2001), International Tourism Management, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi.
REFERENCES
1. Page J. Stephen & Brunt Paul (2007), Tourism- A Modern Synthesis, Thomson Publishers, London.
2. Chuck Y. Gee, James C. Makens & Dexter J. L. Choy (1989), The Travel Industry, Van Nostrand
Reinhold, New York.
3. Ray Youell (1998), Tourism-an introduction, Addison Wesley Longman, Essex.
4. Ghosh Bishwanath (2000), Tourism and Travel Management, Vikas Publishing House,
New Delhi.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EI34 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: TOURISM PRODUCTS OF INDIA


OBJECTIVE:
 To study the vast Tourist resources of India;
 To conceptualize a tour itinerary based on variety of themes; and To identify and

200
manage emerging tourist destinations.

Unit - I Tourism products: Definition, Types and unique features - Tourism resources of India –
Natural, Socio cultural, Diversities in Landform & Landscape - Outstanding Geographical
features - Climate, Flora & Fauna.

Unit - II Natural resources: Wildlife sanctuaries - National parks - Biosphere reserves -


Mountain Tourist Resources and Hill stations - Islands - Beaches - Caves & Deserts of India.

Unit - III Major tourism circuits of India: Inter State and Intra-State Circuits - Religious Circuits -
Heritage Circuits - Wildlife Circuits. Cases of select destinations - Kerala, Rajasthan & Goa.

Unit - IV Manmade resources: Adventure sports - Commercial attractions - Amusement Parks -


Gaming - Shopping - Live Entertainments - Supplementary accommodation - House boats -
Tree houses - Home stays - Tourism by rail - Palace on wheels - Deccan Odyssey & Golden
chariot.

Unit - V Emerging Tourism Destinations of India: Ecotourism - Rural Tourism - Golf Tourism -
Wine Tourism - Camping Tourism - Medical Tourism - MICE Tourism - Pilgrimage Tourism.

TEXT BOOKS
1. S.P. Gupta (2002), Cultural Tourism in India, Indraprastha Museum of Art and Archaeology,
New Delhi.

REFERENCES

1. Stephen Ball (2007), Encyclopedea of Tourism Resources in India,B/H.


2. Manoj Dixit (2002), Tourism products, New Royal Book Co. Lucknow.
3. Norman Douglas. Ed. (2001), Special Interest Tourism,
4. John Wiley & Sons, Australia. Sarina Singh (2008), Lonely Planet India.
5. Robinet Jacob (2007), Indian Tourism Products, Abhijeet Publications, Delhi.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EI35 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: DESTINATION PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT


OBJECTIVE:
• To facilitate the assessment of the tourism potential of a destination and prepare tourism
development plan as well as marketing techniques;

201
• To familiarize with the destination branding practices; and
• To introduce advanced analysis and research in the field of destination development.
Unit-1 Destination Development - Types of destinations, Characteristics of destinations - Destinations and
products - Destination Management Systems - Destination planning guidelines - Destination Selection
Process - The Values of Tourism.

Unit-II Destination Planning Process and Analysis - National and Regional Tourism Planning and
Development - Assessment of tourism potential - Planning for Sustainable Tourism Development -
Contingency Planning - Economic, Social, Cultural and Environmental considerations - Demand and supply
match - Design and innovations.

Unit-III Destination Image Development - Attributes of Destinations: Person's determined image,


Destination determined image, measurement of destination image - Destination branding perspectives and
challenges- Creating the Unique Destination Proposition - Place branding and destination image -
Destination image formation process; unstructured image - Product development and packaging -
Destination branding and the web - Case Study of Puducherry as a brand.

Unit-IV Destination Promotion and Publicity - Six 'A's framework for tourism destinations - The dynamic
wheel of tourism stakeholders - Destination Marketing Mix - Destination Competitiveness - Distribution
Channels- Marketing Communication and Strategies.

Unit-V Institutional Support: Public Private Partnership (PPP) - National Planning Policies for Destination
Development- WTO Guidelines for Planners - Role of urban civic bodies: Town planning -Characteristics of
rural tourism planning- Environmental Management Systems - Destination Vision- The focus of Tourism
Policy: the competitive sustainable destination - Destination Mapping (practical assignment).
TEXT BOOKS
1. C.Gunn (2002), Tourism Planning: Basic, Concepts and Cases, Cognizant Publication.

REFERENCES
1. Nigel Morgan, Annette Pritchard & Roger Pride (2001), Destination branding: Creating the Unique
Proposition, Butterworth and Heinemann.
2. Richard W.Butler (2006), the Tourism Area Life Cycle: Applications and Modifications, Channel View
Publications.
3. Claire, Haven Tang & Eleri Ellis Jones (2005), Tourism SMEs, Service Quality and Destination
Competitiveness, CABI Publishing.
4. Shalini Singh, Dallen J.Timothy & Ross Kingston Dowling (2003), Tourism in Destination ommunities,
CABI Publishing

202
SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EI36 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: TRAVEL AGENCY AND TOUR OPERATIONS


OBJECTIVE:
 To understand the significance of travel agency and tour operation business;
 To know the current trends and practices in the tourism and travel trade sector;
 To develop adequate knowledge and skills applicable to travel industry.
UNIT-I Travel Trade - Historical Perspectives - Emergence of Thomas Cook and American
Express Company - Types of Tour Operators - Wholesale and Retail Travel Agency business -
Linkages and Integration with the Principal Service Providers - the Changing Scenario of
Travel Trade.

UNIT-II Travel Agency and Tour Operation Business - Functions of Travel Agency - Setting up
a full-fledged Travel Agency - Sources of Income of a travel agency - Diversification of
Business - Travel Insurance, Forex, Cargo & MICE - Documentation - IATA Accreditation -
Recognition from Government.

UNIT-III Itinerary Planning & Development - Meaning, Importance and Types of Itinerary -
Resources and Steps for Itinerary Planning - Do's and Dont's of Itinerary Preparation – Tour
Formulation and Designing Process - FITs & Group Tour Planning and Components – Special
Interest Tours (SITs).

UNIT-IV Tour Packaging & Costing - Importance of Tour Packaging - Classifications of Tour
Packages - Components of Package Tours - Concept of costing - Types of costs – Components
of tour cost - Preparation of cost sheet - Tour pricing - Calculation of tour price - Pricing
strategies - Tour packages of Thomas Cook, SOTC, Cox & Kings and TCI.

UNIT-V Role and Responsibility of Travel Trade Associations: Objectives - Roles and functions
of UFTAA, PATA, ASTA, TAAI, IATO, ATAOI, ADTOI, IAAI, FIYTO, TAFI.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Chand, M. (2002), Travel Agency Management: An Introductory Text, Anmol Publications
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Negi. J (2005), Travel Agency Operations: Concepts and Principles, Kanishka, New Delhi.

REFERENCES
1. Holloway, J.C. (2002), The Business of Tourism, Prentice Hall, London, pp.220-279.
2. Roday. S, Biwal. A & Joshi. V. (2009), Tourism Operations and Management, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi, pp-164-296.
3. Goeldner, R & Ritchie. B (2010), Tourism, Principles, Practices and Philosophies, John
Wiley & Sons, London.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C

203
COURSE CODE 20260EI37 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: Hospitality Management


OBJECTIVE:
• To understand the essentials of hospitality industry;
• To familiarize with resort and event management; and
• To do project work in the above areas.
UNIT-I Introduction to Hospitality Industry: Classification of Hotels - Star Rating of Hotels -
Classification on the basis of size, Location, Clientele, Duration of stay, level of Service -
Classification on the basis of ownership - Alternative Accommodations - Hotel Tariff Plans -
Types of Guest Rooms.

UNIT-II Hotel Organization: Need for Organizational - Organizational charts, major


departments of a hotel - Front Office, Housekeeping, Food and Beverage Service Departments,
Food Production, Engineering and Maintenance, Accounts, Human Resource, Security, Sales
and Marketing, Purchase etc..

UNIT-III Room Reservations: Registration - Allotment of rooms - Stay, Departure – Handling


FIT - GIT - Guest Services - Various Guest Services - Handling guest mail - Message
Handling - Custody and control of keys - Guest paging - Safe deposit locker, left luggage
handling, wake up call, Handling Guest Complaints.

UNIT-IV Evaluating hotel Performance: Methods of Measuring Hotel performance –


Occupancy ratio - Average Daily rate, Average Room rate per guest - Rev PAR - Market share
Index - Evaluation of hotel by Guest.

UNIT-V Yield Management: Elements of yield management, Measuring yield in the Hotel
industry, benefits of yield Management, Challenges or problems in yield management.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jagmohan Negi (1997), Professional Hotel Management, S. Chand, New Delhi
2. G. Raghubalan & Smritee Ragubalan: Hotel Housekeeping operations and Management.

REFERENCES

1. Jagmohan Negi, Hotels for Tourism Development, S. Chand, New Delhi.


2. Jatashankar R Tewari (2009), Hotel front office operations and Management, Oxford
publication New Delhi.
3. Gray and Ligouri (2000), Hotel and Motel Management and Operations, PHI, New Delhi.
4. Sudheer Andrews (2009), Hotel Front Office Training Manual, Tata McGraw Hill,
Bombay.
5. John Cousins David Foskett & Cailein Gillespie (2002), Food and Beverage
Management, Pearson Education, England.
6. Arthur & Gladwell, Hotel Assistant Manager ( London communicate, Barril, Jenkins)

204
SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EI38 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: INDIAN CULTURE AND HERITAGE


OBJECTIVE:
 To study the richness and diversity of Indian culture;
 To evaluate the contemporary trends of India culture; and
 To acknowledge and appreciate the co-existence of different cultural and religious
practices of India.
Unit - I Glimpses of Indian cultural history - Pre and Post Vedic periods - Ancient Indian
Literatures - Sacred Literature - Secular Literature - Ancient Society & Culture - Ashramas -
Varna System - Purushartha - Indian vs. Western Culture.

Unit - II Religions of India-Religious Shrines & Centers - Hindu, Buddhist, Jain, Sikh, Muslim,
Christian and others-Basic Tenets - Indian Vs Western Philosophy.

Unit - III Cultural Heritage - Ayurveda, Yoga and meditation - Performing Arts: Dance Forms
- Music - Vocal & Instruments - Folk Arts - Indian Paintings and Sculpture.

Unit - IV Architectural Heritage - Rock cut Architecture - Buddhist Architecture - Gandhara &
Mathura Schools of Art - Hindu Temple Architecture - Indo-Islamic Architecture - Modern
Architecture - Forts, Palaces and Havelies.

Unit -V Museums and Art Galleries - Fairs and Festivals - Indian Cuisine - Traditional Arts and
Crafts - World Heritage sites in India - Problems and Prospects of Cultural Tourism in India.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Basham.A.L (1988), The Wonder that was India, Rupa and Com, Delhi

REFERENCES

1. S.P. Gupta (2002), Cultural Tourism in India, Indraprastha Museum of Art and Archaeology,
New Delhi.
2. Hussain.A.K (1987), The National Culture of India, National Book Trust, New Delhi. 3.
Robinet Jacob (2007), Indian Tourism Products, Abhijeet publications.
4. Surendra Sahai (2006), Indian Architecture: Hindu Buddhist and Jain, Prakash Books.
5. The Gazette of India: History and Culture, Vol.2, publication division, Ministry of
Information and Broadcasting, Government of India, 1988.

205
SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EI39 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: Tourism Marketing


OBJECTIVE:
• To expose the students to concepts and components of marketing;
• To acquaint them with tourism specific marketing skills; and
• To familiarize them with the contemporary marketing practices.
Unit I Evolution of Marketing - Marketing for Tourism - The Tourism Product - Features of
Tourism Marketing - Marketing Functions - Market Research - Tourism Marketing Mix.

Unit II Understanding the Market and the Consumer - Marketing Environment – Consumer
Behaviour - Buyer Decision Process - Demand Forecasting - Market Segmentation - Targeting
- Market Positioning.

Unit III The 4 P's of Marketing : Product Designing - Branding and Packaging - New Product
Development - Product Life Cycle: Price: Strategies and Approaches; Place: Channels of
Distribution, Promotion: Advertising - Sales Promotion - Publicity - Personal Selling; Other P's:
People, Physical Evidence and Process.

Unit IV Marketing of Tourism & Related Activities - Trends in Tourism Marketing – Marketing of
Destinations, Airlines, Hotels, Resorts, Travel Agencies, Events and other Tourism sub - sectors
and products.

Unit V Developing Marketing Skills for Tourism - Self Motivation - Team Building -
Personality Development - Creativity & Innovation- Innovative Products in Tourism-
International Perspective and Contemporary Trends.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Manjula Chaudhary (2010), Tourism Marketing, Oxford University Press, New Delhi.

REFERENCES

1. Kotler Philip (2006), Marketing Management, PHI, Delhi.


2. Stanton William. J (1999), Fundamentals of Marketing, McGraw Hill, New York.
3. Robinet Jacob (2007), Indian Tourism Products, Abhijeet publications.
4. Neelamegham. S (1998), Marketing in India: Cases & Readings, Vikas, New Delhi.
5. Ramasamy VS & Namakumar. S (1990), Marketing Management: Planning & Control,
Macmillan, New Delhi.

206
SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EI42 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: ECOTOURISM


OBJECTIVE:
 To understand the significance of ecotourism;
 To comprehend the theories and practices of ecotourism;
 To be familiar with the model ecotourism projects; and
 To use the theoretical knowledge to mange ecotourism resources.
UNIT-I Fundamentals of Ecology- Basic Laws & ideas in Ecology- Function and Management
of Ecosystem-Biodiversity and its Conservation-Pollution-Ecological Foot Prints - Relationship
between Tourism & Ecology.

UNIT-II Ecotourism- Evolution, Principles, Trends and Functions of Ecotourism – Mass


Tourism Vs Ecotourism -Typology of Eco-tourists - Ecotourism Activities & Impacts -Western
Views of Ecotourism - Qubec Declaration 2002 - Kyoto Protocol 1997 - Oslo Declaration 2007.

UNIT-III Ecotourism Development - Sustainable Ecotourism - Resource Management - Socio-


economic Development - Ecotourism Policies, Planning and Implementation - Eco-friendly
Facilities and Amenities - Carrying Capacity - Alternative Tourism -Responsible ecotourism-
Ecotourism Programming.

UNIT-IV Conservation of Ecotourism - Protected Area Management through Ecotourism -


stakeholder Engagement - Community Participation - Types of Participation, Issues and
Challenges - Ecotourism Projects - Case Studies on Periyar National Park, Thenmala Eco-
Project, Similipal Ecotourism Project, Sunderban Ecotourism Project, Kaziranga National Park,
Run of Kutch, Nandadevi Biosphere Reserve, Corbett National Park, Gulf of Mannar, Kruger
National Park, South Africa.

UNIT-V Ecotourism Development Agencies- Role of the International Ecotourism Society – the
UNWTO, UNDP, WWF - Department of Forest and Environment - Government of India,
ATREE, EQUATIONS.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Fennel, D. A. (1999), Ecotourism -An Introduction, Routledge Publication.

REFERENCES
1. Weaver, D. (2001), the Encyclopedia of Ecotourism, CABI Publication.
2. Fennel, D. A. (2002), Ecotourism Policy and Planning, CABI Publishing, USA.

207
3. Sukanta K Chaudhury, Cultural, Ecology and Sustainable Development, Mittal, New Delhi.
4. Ralf Buckley (2004), Environment Impacts of Ecotourism, CABI, London.
5. Ramesh Chawla (2006), Ecology and Tourism Development, Sumit International, New Delhi.

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EI43 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: Event Management


OBJECTIVE:
To familiarize the students with the essentials of Event Management;
To understand the potential of MICE and Event Tourism; and
To enable the students to take up project work in the above areas. .
UNIT I Introduction to Events: Scope - Nature and Importance - Types of Events – Unique
features and similarities - Practices in Event Management - Key steps to a successful event.

UNIT II The Dynamics of Event Management: Event Planning and organizing – Problem
Solving and Crisis Management - Leadership and Participants Management - Managing People
and Time - Site and Infrastructure Management.

UNIT III Introduction to MICE: Planning MICE, Components of the Conference Market,
Characteristics of Conferences and Conventions, MICE as a supplement to Tourism, the nature
and demand of Conference markets- The Economic and Social significance of Conventions,
process of Convention Management.

UNIT IV Event Marketing - Customer care - Marketing equipments and tools - Promotion,
Media Relations and Publicity - Event Co-ordination - Visual and Electronic Communication -
Event Presentation - Event Evaluation - Case Studies of events of National and International
importance.

UNIT V Travel Industry Fairs - Benefits of Fairs - ITB, WTM, BTF, TTW, FITUR, KTM,
IITM, CII-Events, PATA Travel Mart.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Leonard H. Hoyle (2002), Event Marketing, John Wiley and Sons, New York.
2. Anton Shone & Bryn Parry (2002), Successful Event Management, Cengage Learning.

REFERENCES

1. Bhatia A.K. (2001), Event Management, Sterling Publishers, New Delhi.


2. David C. Watt (1998), Event Management in Leisure and Tourism, Pearson, UK.

208
3. Joe Gold Blatt (1997), Special Events- Best Practices in Modern Event Management, John
Wiley and Sons, New York.
4. Avrich Barry (1994), Event and Entertainment Marketing, Vikas, New Delhi.
5. Panwar J.S. (1998), Marketing in the New Era, Sage, New Delhi.

SEM FOUR NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EI44 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: E-TOURISM


OBJECTIVE:
 To understand emerging business models in tourism and travel industry;
 To study the impact of Information Technology on tourism and travel sector;
 To explore the scope of entrepreneurship in the emerging e-tourism business
Unit- I Introduction to E-tourism, Historical Development - Electronic technology for data
processing and communication - Strategic, Tactical and operational use of IT in Tourism.

Unit - II Global Distribution System: History & Evolution - GDS & CRS - Levels of CRS
Participation - Hotel Distribution System - Cases of Amadeus - Galileo, World Span, Sabre,
Abacus - Changing Business models of GDS.

Unit - III Typologies of E-tourism: Business models - Business to Business (B2B) - Business to
Consumer (B2C) - Consumer to Business (C2B) - Consumer to consumer (C2C) - Business to
Employees (B2E) - & Business to Government (B2G).

Unit- IV Payment Systems in E-tourism - Payment Gateway - Billing and Settlement Plan (BSP) -
Security Issues and Certification -Future of E-tourism - Travel Blogs - E-marketing and
promotion of Tourism Products - Challenges for conventional business models & Competitive
strategies.

Unit - V Amadeus Practical - Hands on Amadeus Software - Searching - Building, Retrieval,


Display & Cancel of PNR - Fare display - Itinerary pricing - Issuance of tickets.
TEXT BOOKS
1. Sheldon P. (2002), Tourism Information Technology, CABI.
2. Inkpen G. (2000), Information technology for Travel and Tourism, Addison Wesley.

REFERENCES
1. Buhalis D. (2004), Etourism: Information Technology for Strategic Tourism Management,

209
Prentice Hall India.
2. Poon A. (1998), Tourism, Technology and Competitive Strategies, CABI.
3. Rayport J.F. & Jaworski B.J. (2002), Introduction to Ecommerce, McGraw-Hill. 4.
Malvino A.P (1995), Electronic Principles, McGraw-Hill.

AGRIBUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
210
SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EJ33 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: AGRI BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AND POLICY


OBJECTIVE:
To expose learners to the environment in which the agri-business is conducted. Focus will be on
understanding micro and macro environmental forces and their impact on agri-business.
UNIT I Role of agriculture in Indian economy; problems and policy changes relating to farm
supplies, farm production, agro processing, agricultural marketing, agricultural finance etc. in the
country.

UNIT II Structure of Agriculture - Linkages among sub-sectors of the Agribusiness sector;


economic reforms and Indian agriculture; impact of liberalization, privatization and globalization
on Agri business sector.

UNIT III Emerging trends in production, processing, marketing and exports; policy controls and
regulations relating to the industrial sector with specific reference to agro industries.

UNIT IV Agribusiness policies- concept and formulation; and new dimensions in Agri business
environment and policy.

UNIT V Agricultural price and marketing policies; public distribution system and other policies.
Suggested Readings
Adhikary M. 1986. Economic Environment of Business. S. Chand & Sons.
Aswathappa K. 1997. Essentials of Business Environment. Himalaya Publ.
Francis Cherunilam 2003. Business Environment. Himalaya Publ.

211
SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EJ34 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: AGRICULTURAL MARKETING MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
To expose learners to the environment in which the agri-business is conducted. Focus will be on
understanding micro and macro environmental forces and their impact on agri-business. The
objective of this course is to give the students an understanding of concept, various policies,
strategies and decisions relating to marketing that can be developed by agribusiness firms.
UNIT I Meaning and scope, agricultural marketing and economic development; Agricultural
market structure – meaning, components and dynamics of market structure; marketing strategy –
meaning & significance, formulation of marketing strategy; agribusiness marketing environment,
design of marketing mix, market segmentation and targeting, determinants of consumer’s
behaviour.

UNIT II Product management - product management process and decisions, new product
development – significance and classification of new product, stages and estimation of demand
of new product; product life cycle.

UNIT III Pricing policies and practice for agribusiness - determinants of price, objectives of
pricing policies and pricing methods.

UNIT IV Promotional management - advertising planning and execution; sales promotion;


grading and standardization.

UNIT V Distribution management - storage and warehousing and transportation management for
agricultural products; marketing agencies/intermediaries – roles and functions; distribution
channels involved in agribusiness.
Suggested Readings
Acharya SS & Agarwal NL. 2004. Agricultural Marketing in India. 4th Ed. Oxford & IBH.

212
Kohls RL & Uhj JN. 2005. Marketing of Agricultural Products. 9th Ed. Prentice Hall.
Kotler P. 2002. Marketing Management – Analysis, Planning, Implementation and Control.
Pearson Edu.
Krishnamacharyulu C & Ramakrishan L. 2002. Rural Marketing. Pearson Edu.
Ramaswamy VS & Nanakumari S. 2002. Marketing Management. 2nd Ed. Mac Millan India.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EJ35 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: FARM BUSINESS MANAGEMENT


OBJECTIVE:
To acquaint the students with the basic principles of farm management dealing with the analysis
of farm resources having alternatives within the framework of resource restrictions.
UNIT I Nature, scope, characteristics and role of farm business management; farm management
decisions; farm management problems.

UNIT II Principles of farm management decisions – principle of variable proportion, cost


principle, principle of factor substitution, law of equi-marginal returns, opportunity cost
principle, etc.

UNIT III Tools of farm management and farm business analysis - farm planning and budgeting;
Farm records and accounts, types and problems in farm records and accounts, net worth
statement, farm efficiency measures.

UNIT IV Management of farm resources – Land, Labour, Farm machinery, Farm building,etc.

UNIT V Risk and uncertainty in farming -sources of uncertainty in farming, management


strategy to counteract uncertainty and decision making process in farm business management
under risks and uncertainty.
Suggested Readings
Heady EO & Jensen H. 1960. Farm Management Economics. Prentice Hall.
Johl SS & Kapoor TR. 1973. Fundamentals of Farm Business Management. Kalyani Publ.
Kahlon AS & Singh K. 1992. Economics of Farm Management in India. Allied Publ.
Panda SC. 2007. Farm Management & Agricultural Marketing. Kalyani Publ.

213
SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EJ36 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: MANAGEMENT OF AGRI BUSINESS COOPERATIVES


OBJECTIVE:
To acquaint the students with the basic principles of farm management dealing with the analysis
of farm resources having alternatives within the framework of resource restrictions.
UNIT I Cooperative administration- a global perspective, ecology of cooperative administration,
cooperative sector and economic development.

UNIT II Cooperative management- nature, functions and purpose of cooperatives –


procurement, storage, processing, marketing, process of cooperative formation, role of leadership
in cooperative management.

UNIT III The state and cooperative movement, effects of cooperative law in management, long
range planning for cooperative expansion, policy making.

UNIT IV Human resource management, placement and role of board of directors in cooperative
management.

UNIT V Overview of agribusiness cooperative – credit cooperatives, cooperative marketing,


dairy cooperative; financing agribusiness cooperative.
Suggested Readings
Akmat JS. 1978. New Dimensions of Cooperative Management. Himalaya Publ. House.
Ansari AA. 1990. Cooperative Management Patterns. Anmol Publ.
Sah AK. 1984. Professional Management for the Cooperatives. Vikas Publ.House.

214
SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C
COURSE CODE 20260EJ37 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: FOOD RETAIL MANAGEMENT


Objective The objective of this course is to assist students in understanding the structure and
working of food marketing system in India, to examine how the system affects farmers,
consumers and middlemen and to illustrate the response of this dynamic marketing system to
technological, socio-cultural, political and economic forces over time.
UNIT I Introduction to International Food market, India’s Competitive Position in World Food
Trade, Foreign Investment in Global Food Industry, Retail management and Food Retailing, The
Nature of Change in Retailing, Organized Retailing in India, E-tailing and Understanding food
preference of Indian Consumer, Food consumption and Expenditure pattern, Demographic and
Psychographic factors affecting Food Pattern of Indian Consumer.

UNIT II Value Chain in Food Retailing, Principal trends in food wholesaling and retailing, food
wholesaling, food retailing, the changing nature of food stores, various retailing formats,
competition and pricing in food retailing, market implications of new retail developments, value
chain and value additions across the chain in food retail, food service marketing.

UNIT III 4 P’s in Food Retail Management, Brand Management in Retailing, Merchandise
pricing, Pricing Strategies used in conventional and non-conventional food retailing, Public
distribution system, Promotion mix for food retailing, Management of sales promotion and
Publicity, Advertisement Strategies for food retailers.

UNIT IV Managing Retail Operations, Managing Retailers’ Finances, Merchandise buying and
handling, Merchandise Pricing, Logistics, procurement of Food products and Handling
Transportation of Food Products.

215
UNIT V Retail Sales Management Types of Retail Selling, Salesperson selection, Salesperson
training, Evaluation and Monitoring, Customer Relationship Management, Managing Human
Resources in retailing, Legal and Ethical issues in Retailing.
Suggested Readings
Berman & Evans. 2008. Retail Management: A Strategic Approach. 10th Ed. Prentice Hall of
India.
Cox. 2006. Retailing: An Introduction. 5th Ed. Pearson Edu.
Levy M & Weitz BW. 2004. Retailing Management. 5th Ed. McGraw Hill

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EJ38 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: MANAGEMENT OF AGRICULTURAL INPUT MARKETING


Objective The objective of this course is to give the students an understanding of different
marketing concept and marketing system in context of agricultural inputs.
UNIT I Agricultural input marketing – meaning and importance; Management of distribution
channels for agricultural input marketing; Agricultural Inputs and their types – farm and non-
farm, role of cooperative, public and private sectors in agriinput marketing.

UNIT II Seed- Importance of seed input; Types of seeds- hybrid, high yielding and quality
seeds; Demand and supply of seeds; Seed marketing channels, pricing, exportimport of seeds;
Role of NSC and State Seed Corporation.

UNIT III Chemical Fertilizers- Production, export-import, supply of chemical fertilizers,


Demand/consumption, Prices and pricing policy; subsidy on fertilizers; marketing system –
marketing channels, problems in distribution; Role of IFFCO and KRIBCO in fertilizer
marketing.

UNIT IV Plant Protection Chemicals- Production, export/import, consumption, marketing


system – marketing channels; Electricity/Diesel Oil- marketing and distribution system; pricing
of electricity for agriculture use; subsidy on electricity.

UNIT V Farm Machinery- Production, supply, demand, Marketing and distribution channels of
farm machines; Agro-industries Corporation and marketing of farm machines /
implements/Equipments.

216
Suggested Readings
Acharya SS & Agarwal NL. 2004. Agricultural Marketing in India. 4th Ed. Oxford & IBH.
Broadway AC & Broadway Arif A. 2003. A Text Book of Agri-Business Management. Kalyani.
Singh AK & Pandey S. 2005. Rural Marketing. New Age.
Singh Sukhpal 2004. Rural Marketing- Focus on Agricultural Inputs. Vikas Publ. House.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EJ39 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: AGRI SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT


Objective The course introduces students to the concepts and processes of agricultural supply
chain management, framework for structuring supply chain drivers; network designs, demand
forecasting, inventory planning, sourcing decisions and IT enablement of supply chain.
UNIT I Supply Chain: Changing Business Environment; SCM: Present Need; Conceptual Model
of Supply Chain Management; Evolution of SCM; SCM Approach; Traditional Agri. Supply
Chain Management Approach; Modern Supply Chain Management Approach; Elements in
SCM.

UNIT II Demand Management in Supply Chain: Types of Demand, Demand Planning and
Forecasting; Operations Management in Supply Chain, Basic Principles of Manufacturing
Management.

UNIT III Procurement Management in Agri. Supply chain: Purchasing Cycle, Types
ofPurchases, Contract/Corporate Farming, Classification of Purchases Goods or Services,
Traditional Inventory Management, Material Requirements Planning, Just in Time (JIT), Vendor
Managed Inventory (VMI).

UNIT IV Logistics Management: History and Evolution of Logistics; Elements of Logistics;


Management; Distribution Management, Distribution Strategies; Pool Distribution;
Transportation Management; Fleet Management; Service Innovation; Warehousing; Packaging
for Logistics, Third-Party Logistics (TPL/3PL); GPS Technology.

217
UNIT V Concept of Information Technology: IT Application in SCM; Advanced Planning and
Scheduling; SCM in Electronic Business; Role of Knowledge in SCM; Performance
Measurement and Controls in Agri. Supply Chain Management- Benchmarking: introduction,
concept and forms of Benchmarking.
Suggested Readings
Altekar RV. 2006. Supply Chain Management: Concepts and Cases. Prentice Hall
of India.
Monczka R, Trent R & Handfield R. 2002. Purchasing and Supply Chain
Management. Thomson Asia.
van Weele AJ. 2000. Purchasing and Supply Chain Management Analysis,
Planning and Practice. Vikas Publ. House.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EJ42 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: AGRICULTURE ECONOMICS


Objective: Basic objective of this course is to impart knowledge about current Indian
agriculture, policies and changes which have taken place in the post independence period with a
special focus upon problems being faced in the light of challenges of food security and
sustainable agriculture.
UNIT-I Role and importance of Agriculture in Economic Development, Features of Indian
Agriculture, Causes of low productivity, Socio-cultural and Institutional constraints, Suggestive
measures for improving Agricultural Productivity, Brief review of agricultural development
under the Five year plans, Problems of Indian Agriculture

UNIT-II Land reforms: Meaning, Need and objectives, Measures contemplated to achieve the
objectives of land reforms, Abolition of Intermediaries, Tenancy Reforms, Reorganisation of
Agriculture, Rural Development Programmes and its impact on Rural Development and
Agricultural development, MNREGA, Bharat Nirman

UNIT-III Agricultural Labour: Definition, causes of growth, conditions and problems, measures
for improvement, Farm size and Efficiency, Food Security and Public Distribution System, Food
Security System Act 2013

218
UNIT-IV Modern Technology Vs Institutional Reforms. New agricultural technology and Farm
Mechanisation, Choice of appropriate technology in agriculture. Green Revolution-concept,
impact and scope, Agriculture and economic reforms.

UNIT-V : AGRICULTURE AND GLOBALIZATION International trade in agricultural


commodities - Role of World Trade Organization; Issues in liberalization of domestic and
international trade in agriculture - Impact of WTO on Indian agriculture
Suggested Reading:
1. Mishra and Puri: Indian Economy, (Latest Edition) Himalaya Publishing House, New
Delhi
2. Ruddar Dutt and K.P.M. Sundaram: Indian Economy, (Latest Edition) S. Chand & Co.,
New Delhi
3. Ministry of Finance, Govt. of Indian: Economic Survey, various issues
4. Economic and Political Weekly, Selected Articles
6. Ministry of Agriculture, Govt. of India, "Indian Agriculture at a Glance 2012"

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EJ43 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: AGRICULTURAL AND MICRO-FINANCE


Objective: Objective: To familiarize students with the Agricultural Financial System,
Microfinance System and tools and techniques used for better management decisions.

UNIT-I Need and Importance of Agriculture Finance, Essential Features of Agriculture credit
system, Agricultural credit Structure in India. Non-institutional financing for Agriculture, Merits
and Demerits. Management of Agri-Finance: View point of Borrower and lender. Economic
feasibility Tests of Farm credit proposal (Three R’s of credit & Four C’s of Credit).

UNIT-II Methods and mechanics of Lending to Agriculture, Role and functions of NABARD
for Agriculture Finance Role of Commercial Bank and Agricultural Finance, Regional Rural
Banks and Rural Finance, Its viability, Problems and challenges

UNIT-III Multi-agency Approach to agricultural Finance, Problems of Over dues of


Agricultural loans. Measures to overcome the Problem of over dues. Public Farm Financing
Schemes: Financing of Bio-Gas Plant, Financing of Paultry Development, Financing of Dairy
Development, Financing of Customs Services Units, Financing of Minor Irrigation Schemes

219
UNIT-IV Microfinance: Concept and Revolution, Grameen experiment. Growth and
development of Micro-finance in Bungladesh, World without poverty-Views of Muhammad
Yunus. Microfinance and SHGs in India and its importance for socio- economic development of
poor families.

UNIT-V Microfinance and women empowerment. Role of NABARD in linking SHGs with
Banks, Growth and Development. SGSY and SHGs. Role of MFIs (Non-Banking Financial
Institutions) in expanding micro-credit facilities for the poorest of poor in the country. These
MFIs include SKS microfinance, SHARE, BASIX, etc. Some case studies on microfinance and
Agriculture Finance.
Suggested Readings:
1. S.S.M. Desai: Agriculture & Rural Banking in India, HPH
3. Pension: Agricultural Finance, Tata Mc Grow Hill
4. Bauman. I Dieslam & EC: Capital and Credit Needs in Changing Agriculture,PHI
5. Rais Ahmed: Micro- Finance and Women Empowerment.Mittal Pub. New Delhi
6. Malcolm Harper: Practical Micro-Finance- A Training Guide for South Asia
7. K.G. Karmakar, Rural and Self Help Groups Microfinance Needs and concepts in India, SAga
Pub.

SEM THREE NATURE ELECTIVE L P T C


COURSE CODE 20260EJ44 3 0 0 3

SUBJECT TITLE: NEW TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENT IN AGRI-SECTOR


Objective: Objective: To familiarize students with the Agricultural Financial System,
Microfinance System and tools and techniques used for better management decisions.

UNIT I Agribusiness Management


Concept of E-agribusiness, Need & importance of E-agribusiness, Different models in E-
agribusiness, Microfinance with special reference to SHGs.

UNIT II Green house / Polyhouse techniques


Basic concept of Green house / Polyhouse, Constructing Green House / Polyhouse, Different
commercially important horticultural and other plants grown in Green House / Polyhouse,
Importance & future scope of the technique.

UNIT III Plant Tissue culture Basic concept, scope & importance of plant tissue culture,
Fundamental technique followed in tissue culture, Major crop plants exploited in tissue culture

220
technique. Biodiesel sector Basic concept of biodiesel, Different crop plants used in biodiesel,
Benefits of biodiesel in comparison to crude diesel / petrol, Manufacturing biodiesel, Algal
biodiesel.

UNIT IV Managerial aspects in Food Processing Industry Organization of a food processing


unit: Different department involved in a food processing company and importance of
coordination in those departments etc. Importance of production, marketing & distribution
aspects in food processing sector. Management of Agro Processing Industry Factors to be
considered while establishing food processing plant including government norms &
requirements, Actual processing of Agri-produce into final products, Utilization of byproducts in
agro processing industry

UNIT V Water Management:


Sources of water and water requirement of crops, irrigation water use efficiency Micro-irrigation
systems, economic use of water Water conservation measures, rain water harvesting, gully
plugging, contour bunding , terracing, checking run-off water Watershed development
programmes, problems of water management, water pollution and strategies to overcome them
Reference Books
1. “Commercial Agri-enterprises-Strategy Achievement and Future prospects”, S. N. Misra, Deep &
Deep Pulications, New Delhi.
2. Indian Agriculture & Agri-business management, Dr. Smita Diwse, Krishi Resource Management Network
3. B. Misra, G. C. Kar, S. N. Misra, 2004,” Agro Industries and Economic Development, A vision of the 21st
Century”, Deep & Deep Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
4. Dairy Technology, By Sukumar De, Tata MC Grew Hills Publication, New Delhi
5. Food biotechnology, S N Tripathy, Dominant Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi
6. Water Resources by Ministry of Agriculture, Govt. of India
7. Principles of Soil Conservation and Water Management by H.R.Arakeri and Roy D.

221

You might also like